Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links

 

 

Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."

 Your Results - you searched for the keyword Mindfulness Skills 282 Results    

1. Sime, W., (2002). Absorption, concentration, dissociation, desensitization, flow and neurofeedback: The essence of Tiger Woods performing optimally focused "In the zone". Winter Brain Meeting.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Absorption that allows an athlete, a surgeon, an astronaut or a musician to get into the Zone, i.e., to block out all distractions unrelated to performance has been assessed by Tellegen, Csikszentmihalyi and others in self-report measures. It occurs relatively rarely at the very highest levels and is very elusive to achieve. Qualitatively speaking, it is the phenomena of being totally immersed in the activity with time moving slowly, senses being sharpened, but pain not recognized. Thoughts and images are clear and controllable while physical performance seems effortless and automatic. To measure this phenomenon accurately and completely is not possible in a dynamic state, but to shape it's appearance and to extend duration is essential in finite psychomotor skills like golf. Physical preparation for performance is mentally grueling and fatiguing. If often results in trance-like, dis-associative and sometimes dissociative states where depersonalization is a valuable technique to block out the intense suffering and pain associated with running, swimming or bicycling. The difficulty in sport is being able to switch in and out of full alertness for some strategic tasks while remaining in the dissociative state for endurance. The experience of flow, absorption and being in the zone is to harness power and ultimately unleash explosive yet finely titrated effort. Concentration is the umbrella concept that also encompasses EMDR. The process of actively shifting eye focus from left to right while striving to hold an image or statement of emotionality is exceedingly difficult and ultimately beyond control. The combination of EMDR with neurofeedback is an innovative intervention that holds potential for greater impact in removing negative images of failed effort or in solidifying the recall of a successful effort. The neurofeedback serves to reinforce the development of greater mental stamina toward intensively focus comparable to zooming in a camera lens thus blocking out distractions and irrelevant stimuli. Enhanced quality of visualization is the desired outcome for the performance enhancement sport psychology consultant and his/her client.

Keywords: Absorption  Concentration  Dissociation  Desensitization  Flow  Neurofeedback  Performance Enhancement  Tiger Woods  The Zone  

Accuracy Verified: No

2. Spierings, J. J. (2005, June). Adapting EMDR to work effectively with clients from other cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand your EMDR skills to other cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect : a different style of relating and communicating with your client, and different things to ask and explore.
This workshop offers a systematic way to understand this type of differences, it offers also very practical do's and don'ts, and tips and tricks to overcome difficulties.
The participants will learn intercultural competence in the development of resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing rituals, objects and symbols of their clients own culture.

Keywords: Culture  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

3. Miller, R., & Tay, K. H. (2009, August). Adapting the standard EMDR protocol for clients with mild mental retardation: Some guidelines and implications. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR as a psychotherapeutic approach has been shown to be effective. However, there is a paucity of studies examining the efficacy of EMDR for clients diagnosed with mild mental retardation. The DSM-IV defines mild mental retardation as below average intelligence (IQ between 70 and 55) along with some deficiencies in adaptive functioning skills demonstrated before age 18. The purpose of our clinical project was to explore the applicability of EMDR for our adult clients (n = 12; mean age 22.5) diagnosed with mild mental retardation by adapting the standard protocol. Studies showed that individuals with mental retardation learn and retain information more effectively when materials are presented to them in a visual, concrete, and interactive manner while utilizing the principles of positive reinforcements.
The prevalence of mental health problems and the wide range of clinical symptoms among these individuals have been reported in several studies. Additionally, these adults are misunderstood as being overly limited in their ability to reap any therapeutic benefit from counseling interventions. Prout and Strohmer (1998), for instance, argued that adults with mental retardation do benefit from counseling interventions. However, they stressed the need for more sophisticated or modified use of psychotherapeutic interventions. Psychotherapeutic techniques and models should be modified, if feasible, in regards to language and cognitive levels commensurate with the clients’ background.
Based on our clinical observations, the following are some examples of proposed guidelines to assist the EMDR clinicians in thinking more creatively when adapting the standard protocol.
1) Considerable amount of preparation at the onset of EMDR is necessary, as it plays a pivotal role in ensuring a successful outcome.
2) Visual depiction of the SUDs and VOCs on a scale of 0 through 5, or 0 through 10, depending on the client’s cognitive abilities is beneficial. Use of “faces” to depict concretely various levels of distress should be made.
3) The concepts of PC and NC may be too abstract for some in this population. We assist clients by operationally defining those concepts with the list of commonly used PCs and NCs in simpler language.
4) Coping resources are sometimes limited for these adults. Clients will benefit from having multiple reinforcements of self-soothing skills thorough the installation of the “safe place” and “resources”.
5) Positive reinforcements (e.g., frequent verbal reminders) should be used regularly in sessions throughout treatment. However, be mindful of clients’ desire to please the clinician.
6) Role-playing should be used when feasible throughout treatment, e.g., during the installation of future templates, as it heightens more sensory, affective, and behavioral modes of learning rather than verbal modality alone.
Based on the treatment outcomes reported by our clients, EMDR is an effective treatment option, as evidenced by sustained reduction in their level of distress to traumatic memories. Findings from this clinical project have practice and research implications. First, the standard protocol should be adapted for use with adults with mild mental retardation to achieve optimal gain. Second, empirical research is needed to provide further evidence for the efficacy of EMDR for adults with mild mental retardation.

Keywords: Mental Retardation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

4. Shapiro, F. (2004, September). Adaptive information processing:  EMDR clinical applications and case conceptualizations. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Procesing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The implications of this paradigm will be explored in relation to a variety of recent clinical case studies and research reports. Questions from participants will be used to explore potential clinical applications, and to hone case conceptualization skills.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  Adolescents  AIP  Females  Memories  Cognitive Processes  Family Systems Therapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Self Concept  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

5. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008, September). Advanced applications of EMDR in child psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation is for therapists who have learned the basic EMDR protocol and are interested in expanding their skills in using EMDR in individual treatment with children. The presentation is focused on teaching therapists to use EMDR with specific childhood diagnoses or presenting problems, including children who are gifted and children who present with symptoms consistent with ADHD, dissociation, anxiety, attachment disorders, and sexual reactivity. Therapists will also learn how to use EMDR with regulatory issues in children including sleep issues and toilet training, as well as with behavioral issues, such as school phobias within AIP Theory.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

6. Vogelmann-Sine, S., Popky, A. J., Lazrove, S., Sine, L., Speare, J., Wade, D., & Wade, T. (1995, June). Advanced clinical applications of EMDR to addictive behaviors. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop addresses the application of standard and modified EMDR treatment protocols to addictive and compulsive behaviors including substance abuse/dependence, overeating, smoking, love addiction. Individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors frequently have suffered from childhood trauma and neglect resulting in developmental arrests, as well as a variety of maladaptive behaviors which are trauma-related and serve to minimize pain. The successful implementation of EMDR to addictive behaviors requires that EMDR be used as part of an overall treatment program carefully addressing the needs of individuals who have been traumatized and are exhibiting addictive behaviors. A thorough diagnostic work up is needed aimed at assessing comorbidity, dissociation, and a detailed trauma history covering childhood traumas and traumas suffered as adults including traumas that occur as a consequence of addictive behaviors. Careful client preparation is essential to assist individuals in coping adequately with the high levels of emotion experienced during EMDR Clients' readiness to stop compulsive/addictive behaviors needs to be carefully evaluated. A decision tree aimed at determining the appropriateness of EMDR to individuals diagnosed with addictive behaviors is presented which assists clinicians in minimizing the premature use of EMDR. EMDR is a client centered method, and thus, careful pacing is needed with this population to reprocess underlying traumatic issues. This frequently implies utilizing a modified EMDR treatment protocol with only partial resolutions of underlying traumatic material. Guidelines will be discussed to assist clinicians in selecting EMDR targets for optional results which relate to the stages of recovery. EMDR can be used at all stages of recovery to neutralize the negative impact of memories contributing to problematic behaviors, such as urges to use, ambivalence about treatment, fear of facing painfull feelings from the past. EMDR also has the power to install templates for future actions which assist individuals with skill deficits in more rapidly acquiring necessary skills for a successful recovery. Examples of cognitive interweaves are presented which take into consideration clients' readiness, as well as the need to accelerate the recovery process. EMDR has a unique role in the recovery of traumatized individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors since the accelerated processing of negative experiences and the installation of positive adaptive cognitions assist clients in more rapidly overcoming barriers throughout the recovery process. It also challenges rigid approaches to recovery which frequently stress that trauma work should not be attempted before abstinence has been accomplished for a specified period of time. EMDR is especially valuable in processing core issues which center around shame and manifest in cognitions, such as "I am defective," "There is something wrong with me," "I am not good enough," "I am not quite right," "I don't belong," "I don't deserve to live." Case examples will be given as to how such core issues can be targeted to accelerate the recovery process. A.J. Popky has developed a specialized EMDR treatment protocol which targets levels of urges of addictive/compulsive behaviors directly and installs a positive internal state of feeling empowered without relying on compulsive and addictive behaviors. Case examples fiom clinical practice indicate that when levels of urges are targeted directly, underlying traumas frequently emerge without increasing clients' usage. The symposium addresses the application of this protocol to a range of addictive and compulsive behaviors. The Wades' integrative psychotherapy combines ego-state therapy and EMDR in a psychosocial developmental context. Their substance use disorders treatment program incorporates specialized applications of their integrative psychotherapy, which includes both individual and group therapy and employs hypnosis as well as EMDR Their presentation focuses on applications of the standard EMDR protocol in individual therapy, which is limited primarily to desensitization of dysphoric affect and reprocessing negative cognitions associated with grief and trauma. Their conceptual framework of substance use disorders proceeds from a goal of reducing the harm caused by substance use and a primary distinction between functional and autonomous use (rather than the DSM conceptualizations of "dependence" or "abuse") because this guides interventions. Initial treatment planning depends upon external constraints (e.g., lack of support for positive change, hostile environment), internal limitations (e.g., severity of substance use and its effects, neurocognitive deficits, inadequate "ego strength," lack of skills, disrupted psychosocial development, psychological trauma) and the nature of the substance use disorder (i.e., functional, autonomous, or both). Methods include education about substance use disorders and processes of change, group therapy to develop skills and obtain feedback and support, individual therapy to correct disrupted development and resolve traumatic stress reactions, and exercises to apply what is learned in real-life situations. The standard EMDR protocol is applied to disrupted development involving grief and to resolve psychological trauma that lead to substance use. Case vignettes in which such applications of the standard EMDR protocol were employed are presented in detail.

Keywords: Addictions  Substance Abuse  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

7. Browning, C., & Omaha, J. (2001, June). Affect management skills training (AMST):  Basic and advanced techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
AMST blends EMDR, imagery, and ego state therapy to assist clients in developing affect tolerance and can be used with extremely vulnerable clients to prepare them for safe EMDR processing. Practicum and video demonstration will be used.

Keywords: Affect Management Skills Training  Affect Tolerance  AMST  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

8. Leeds, A. (2012, June). Affect phobias in EMDR therapy - developing affect tolerance capacities in client and clinician [Fobias afectivas en la terapia con EMDR -­‐ El desarrollo de habilidades para la tolerancia afectiva en el cliente y el clínico]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Affect phobias may also be described as psychodynamic or dissociative defenses or as ego state conflicts. When patients present with affect phobias and fail to progress with standard EMDR procedural interventions, EMDR therapy can still be effective when clinicians have the conceptual knowledge and perceptual skills to recognize these defenses, and when they can make use of a flexible set of advanced EMDR procedural stills for responding. EMDR trained clinicians must also confront their own affect phobias and psychodynamic conflicts as they experience a range of responses to their work with patients including countertransference and vicarious traumatization that can disrupt their ability to make use of their conceptual, perceptual and procedural knowledge and skills. This presentation provides an overview of concepts from Short-Term Dynamic Psychotherapy (STDP: McCullough, 1997, 2003) and the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP: van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele, 2006) and identifies procedures from Knipe (1999, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010a, 2010b, 2010c), Mosquera (2010, 2011), Mosquera and Gonzalez (2010), and Leeds (2001), which clinicians can employ with cases involving affect phobia. We will also consider how clinicians can be sensitive to and mitigate the potential impact of their own affect phobias in their clinical work.

Las fobias al afecto también se pueden describir como defensas psicodinámicas, disociativas ó como conflictos del estado del yo. Cuando los pacientes presentan fobias al afecto y no avanzan con las intervenciones siguiendo los procedimientos de EMDR habituales, EMDR aún puede ser efectivo cuando los clínicos gozan del conocimiento conceptual, así como las habilidades perceptivas para reconocer dichas defensas y cuándo puede servirse de un conjunto flexible de habilidades de procedimiento de EMDR para responder [ante ellas]. Los clínicos formados en el uso de EMDR también han de afrontar sus propias fobias y conflictos psicodinámicos a medida que pasen por una variedad de respuestas a su trabajo con pacientes, incluidas la contra-­‐transferencia y la traumatización indirecta que pueden perturbar su capacidad para aprovechar sus conocimientos y habilidades conceptuales, perceptivos y habilidades. La presente ponencia ofrece una visión del conjunto de los conceptos de Short-­‐Term Dynamic Psychotherapy (STDP: McCullough, 1997, 2003) [psicoterapia dinámica breve] y de Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP: van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele, 2006) [teoría de la disociación estructural de la personalidad] e identifica procedimientos de Knipe (1999, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010a, 2010b, 2010c), Mosquera (2010, 2011), Mosquera y Gonzalez (2010) y Leeds (2001) que pueden aplicar los clínicos en casos de fobia al afecto. También se contemplará cómo los clínicos pueden estar sensibles ante el impacto potencial de sus propias fobias al afecto y cómo mitigarlo en su trabajo clínico.

Keywords: Affect Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

9. Descilo, T. (1999). Amelioration of death-related trauma with traumatic incident reduction (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Traumatology of grieving: conceptual, theoretical, and treatment foundations (pp. 153-182). Philadelphia: Brunner/Mazel.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The author notes the significance of the child-adult system and the effects of the death of either person on the other. She describes two treatment approaches: traumatic incident resolution (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Both approaches are reviewed, beginning with the theoretical model on which they are based. In a synthesis of both TIR and EMDR, the author offers "clinical traumatology skills" to overcome the potential bias introduced by the therapist. She discusses three focusing drills to develop practitioners' effectiveness in focusing on the most critical issues and procedures of trauma work. Acknowledgement and closure drills enable practitioners to more effectively end trauma work sessions. The author also discusses what effective trauma treatment should look like. These end points help assure both client and therapist that the distress associated with the memories has been removed permanently. After discussing the role of emotions in processing traumatic events, the chapter focuses on TIR and then EMDR regarding assessment and treatment procedures. This is followed by a discussion of what can go wrong when applying the treatment procedures. The chapter ends with presentation and discussion of a case example. [Adapted from Introduction]

Keywords: Assessment  Bereavement  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Survivors  TIR  Traumatic Incident Reduction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

10. Descilo, T. (1999). Amelioration of death-related trauma with traumatic incident reduction (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In C. Figley (Ed.), Death-Related Trauma: Conceptual, Theoretical, and Treatemnt Foundations. London: Taylor & Francis.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: The author notes the significance of the child-adult system and the effects of the death of either person on the other. She describes two treatment approaches: traumatic incident resolution (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Both approaches are reviewed, beginning with the theoretical model on which they are based. In a synthesis of both TIR and EMDR, the author offers "clinical traumatology skills" to overcome the potential bias introduced by the therapist. She discusses three focusing drills to develop practitioners' effectiveness in focusing on the most critical issues and procedures of trauma work. Acknowledgement and closure drills enable practitioners to more effectively end trauma work sessions. The author also discusses what effective trauma treatment should look like. These end points help assure both client and therapist that the distress associated with the memories has been removed permanently. After discussing the role of emotions in processing traumatic events, the chapter focuses on TIR and then EMDR regarding assessment and treatment procedures. This is followed by a discussion of what can go wrong when applying the treatment procedures. The chapter ends with presentation and discussion of a case example. [Adapted from Introduction]

Keywords: Death  Traumatic Incident Reduction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

11. Becker, C. B., Darius, E., & Schaumberg, K. (2007, December). An analog study of patient preferences for exposure versus alternative treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 45(12), 2861-2873. DOI:10.1016/j.brat.2007.05.006 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Although several efficacious treatments for PTSD exist, these treatments are currently underutilized in clinical practice. To address this issue, research must better identify barriers to dissemination of these treatments. This study investigated patient preferences for PTSD treatment given a wide range of treatment options in an analog sample. 160 individuals, with varying degrees of trauma history, were asked to imagine themselves undergoing a trauma, developing PTSD, and seeking treatment. Participants evaluated 7 different treatment descriptions, which depicted treatment options that they might encounter in a clinical setting. Participants rated their most and least preferred treatments along with their personal reactions to and the perceived credibility of each treatment. Participants also completed a critical thinking skills questionnaire. Participants predominantly chose exposure or another variant of cognitive-behavioral therapy as their most preferred therapy, and those who chose exclusively empirically supported treatments evidenced higher critical thinking skills. The present study contributes to a growing literature indicating that patients may be more interested in these therapies than indicated by utilization rates. The problem of underutilization of empirically supported treatments for PTSD in clinical practice may be due to therapist factors. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Cognitive Processes  Cognitive Therapy  College Students  Evidence Based Treatment  Exposure  Empirically Supported Treatment  Patient Preference  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors  Stressors  Survivors  TFT  Thought Field Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

12. de Jongh, A. (1999, June). The application of EMDR in the treatment of specific phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will 1) gain an understanding of when and how to apply the phobia protocol; and 2) learn to integrate the use of adaptive coping skills and exposure techniques into their EMDR work with phobic individuals.

Keywords: Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

13. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Application of mindfulness for impulse control and self harm. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Self harm presents a risk in using EMDR with emotionally vulnerable clients, due to the dangers of their immediate behaviours. However, often these behaviours are in response to deep-seated memories linked to traumas, which with the help of EMDR could safely be processed once the impulsive and risky behaviours are controlled. Mindfulness has been utilised by the Author as a stabilisation method of reducing dissociation in clients, prior to trauma processing (CEP conference – Darker-Smith, 2005). More recently, the author has discovered that the application of mindfulness and imagery techniques work more effectively for clients with tendencies for self-harm, compared to alternative behavioural techniques designed to distract from or substitute for impulsive desires to self-harm (e.g.., the use of ice cubes or elastic bans, to create a distraction from the impulse). Two groups were studied in the process of treating co-morbid symptoms for alternative conditions with EMDR, ranging from eating disorders, anxiety disorders, and trauma, prior to EMDR processing. For clinical reasons, clients with depression, personality disorders and other Axis 2 disorders were not included in this study due to contraindications in current research relating to Mindfulness. Participants self-harming behaviours related to superficial cutting, punching, and burning. Group 1 consisted of six clients who were offered alternative behavioural techniques (e.g., elastic bands or ice cubes) to distract or substitute for the desire for self-harm. Group 2 consisted of eight clients who were offered mindfulness techniques, including imagery meditations to distract or substitute for the desire to self harm. The groups were distributed as evenly as possible and no major emphasis was placed on the treatment of self-harming behaviours, instead being placed on the major problems (anxiety, eating disorder or trauma).
The Group (1)[consisted of 6 persons:(3 with Anxiety, 3 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered suitable behavioural techniques utilised them effectively when their distress levels were mild (between 1-4 on a 0-8 behavioural scale), however, reverted back t self harming behaviours (e.g., cutting, burning, pinching) when distress levels reached 5 or higher. The Group (2)[consisted of 8 persons: (3 with Anxiety, 4 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered aspects of Mindfulness training to facilitate tolerance of distressing emotions and being aware of the active moment did not tend (on average) to revert back to self-harming behaviours, choosing instead to utilise mindfulness methods (such as 3-minute breathing space).
Conclusion: Mindfulness is more effective as impulse control for self-harming behaviours than behavioural alternative strategies and can be utilised as a form of stabilisation in combination with controlling impulsive behaviours, prior to EMDR.

Keywords: Impulse Control  Mindfulness  Poster  Self Harm  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

14. De Divitiis, A. M. (2010, June). Application of resource development and installation (RDI) in delivery preparation in order to prevent post partum depression. In Female issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
According to the latest statistical evidence Post-Partum Depression develops in approximately 13% of women during the second -third month after childbirth with symptoms lasting between few weeks and a year and risks of relapse. Unlike the Baby Blues (affecting 70% of mothers, with onset in the 3'd - 6" day after delivery and spontaneous recovery within approximately two weeks), likely to be caused basically by hormone modifications in the immediate aftermath of childbirth. PPD development would seem to be solely determined by psychological factors: the experience of childbirth, the surfacing of unresolved problems in the relationships with attachment figures, the change in the woman's role both in the social sphere and within the couple relationship, the fear of being unable to adequately attend to the new responsibilities (both in terms of skills and of the ability to cope with the additional workioad), etc. Consequently, women experiencing childbirth as a traumatic experience are more destabilized by the event, and therefore. at a higher risk of developing PPD. Childbirth requires the deployment of many personal resources. A woman in labor must be able to bear the pain, while having to "push", 1.e. contrast the automatic antalgic reaction (which would close the delivery channel) and "meeting the pain", during the "expulsion" phase. Considering that "Peak Performances" require moving out of a person's comfort zone and stretching a person's boundaries, childbirth experience can be rightfully considered a "Peak Performance". This work describes RDI application times and modes during Delivery Preparation in order to strengthen the different personal resources needed by pregnant women to experience her childbirth as an ego syntonic experience. In this sense, RDI associated with EMDR can be considered an actual Primary Prevention intervention, capable of teaching women something positive about themselves, thus effectively offsetting the onset of PPD. Furthermore the results of the application of this technique collected during the Post-Partum phase on 48 women will be discussed. Learning objectives: 1 identification of the specific issues predisposing the development of PTSD due to Childbirth and of Post-Partum Depression. 2. Framing Childbirth as a Peak Performance. 3 Learning RDI (Resource Development and Installation) application through Bilateral Stimuli during Delivery Preparation Courses.

Keywords: Delivery Preparation  Female Issues  Resource Development and Installation  RDI  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

15. De Marco, A. (2008, Novembre). Applicazione dell’EMDR nel lutto complicate-resoconto di un caso clinico [Application EMDR in complicated grief-reporting of clinical case]. Poster presentato al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
L’articolo si propone di evidenziare l’efficacia dell’EMDR nei casi di lutto, in particolare quando questo evento implica un trauma psicologico, che interferisce con il normale processo di elaborazione della perdita. Si delinea allora una situazione definita “lutto complicato o traumatico”, che determina una elaborazione complessa dell’evento luttuoso bloccandone la sua risoluzione. Una perdita traumatica sconvolge le capacità di coping della persona e pregiudica le sue facoltà di adattamento, aumentando il disagio e complicando l’elaborazione dell’evento. Laddove il lutto acuto è dominato dal trauma, l’impiego dell’EMDR facilita il passaggio il passaggio attraverso le varie fasi dell’elaborazione del lutto e favorisce l’assimilazione e l’adattamento alla perdita. Ad illustrare quanto enunciato dal punto di vista teorico viene presentato un caso clinico, nel quale un lutto complicato, strettamente connesso a sintomi depressivi, viene sbloccato e ricondotto ad un normale processo di elaborazione grazie all’applicazione dell’EMDR su un solo targhet specifico. La paziente, una giovane donna di 24 anni, presentava un disturbo distimico di gravità moderata, con spunti ansiosi. Non prendeva psicofarmaci. Qualche anno prima le era stato diagnosticato un disturbo di panico con agorafobia e aveva assunto Lexotan per un certo periodo. Sono stati somministrati appositi test psicologici, all’inizio e al termine della terapia finalizzata all’elaborazione del lutto. Un altro re-test è stato fatto a distanza di un anno circa.

The article aims to highlight the effectiveness of EMDR in cases of bereavement, particularly when this event involves a psychological trauma, which interferes with the normal process of elaboration of the loss. It then outlines a situation as "complicated grief or traumatic, determines a complex event processing mournful blocking its resolution. A traumatic loss upsets the coping skills of the person and impairs his ability to adaptation, increasing the discomfort and complicating the development of the event. where the mourning is dominated by acute trauma, the use EMDR facilitates the passage through the various stages of mourning and promotes assimilation and adaptation to loss. Illustrate what is stated by the theoretical point of view is presented a clinical case in which a complicated grief, which is closely linked to depressive symptoms, is unlocked and returned to a normal process by applying EMDR on one target specific. The patient, a young woman of 24 years, had a dysthymic disorder of moderate severity, with ideas anxious. Not taking psychotropic drugs. A few years earlier had been diagnosed with panic disorder with agoraphobia and had taken Lexotan for a certain period. Appropriate psychological tests were administered at the beginning and end of therapy aimed elaboration of mourning. Another re-test was done at a distance of about one year.

Keywords: Complicated Grief  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

16. Callipo, N. (2007-2008). Applicazioni del pensiero controfattuale negli esiti post-traumatici [Applications of counterfactual thinking in post-traumatic events]. Università degli Studi di Trieste, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Applicazione del pensiero controfattuale negli esiti post-traumatici 1. Introduzione. Il pensiero controfattuale è un processo che esprime la capacità di riflettere e modificare gli scenari di situazioni da cui sarebbero potuti conseguire esiti differenti dalla realtà. Nella quotidianità è comune che un sentimento di rammarico – il regret - venga provato a seguito di una discrepanza tra i risultati attesi e la realtà. La ricerca e l’esperienza condivisa dicono che, rilevare le differenze tra ciò che avremmo voluto e ciò che abbiamo ottenuto, ci aiuta a pianificare azioni più efficaci nel futuro. Tuttavia, in condizioni di elevato stress, come quello provato dopo un evento indesiderato e traumatico, possono fare irruzione nella coscienza pensieri nella forma “Se solo non fossi stato così…”, oppure “Se solo non avessi fatto” o “Se avessi fatto qualcosa per evitare tutto ciò”; nel tentativo di annullare (undoing) idealmente le conseguenze dell’accaduto. Questi pensieri controfattuali possono sortire l’effetto di amplificare emozioni e sentimenti come il biasimo, la rabbia, la vergogna e il senso di colpa. L’attitudine alla generazione automatica, indiscriminata e non finalizzata all’azione, di domande e affermazioni ricorsive, può condensarsi in un particolare stile di pensiero – la ruminazione – che sottende sensazioni di disagio diffuse e invalidanti, come gli stati depressivi, ansiosi ed ossessivi. La prima parte di questo lavoro è occupato da una rassegna sulle ricerche che, inizialmente, pongono il pensiero controfattuale nel quadro delle più generali abilità di problem-solving; successivamente, la prospettiva funzionale, riesce a farne risaltare il versante adattivo, rilevante ai fini della regolazione degli stati affettivi e, più in generale, del mantenimento della salute mentale. Nella seconda parte viene discusso il ruolo del pensiero controfattuale, in relazione al suo versante disfunzionale , con particolare riguardo agli esiti post-traumatici. Nella terza parte vengono analizzati i modelli di elaborazione delle informazioni che riconoscono un ruolo al pensiero controfattuale nella regolazione dell’umore, citando alcuni paradigmi psicoterapeutici, tra cui l’Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), ideato da Francine Shapiro. Per verificare l’applicazione del pensiero controfattuale nel trattamento degli esiti post-traumatici sono stati riportati due esempi: uno tratto dalla letteratura sull’EMDR e un caso di disturbo ansioso-depressivo, in trattamento con psicoterapia a orientamento cognitivo.

Application of counterfactual thinking in a post-traumatic results. Introduction. The counterfactual thinking is a process that expresses the ability to reflect and change scenarios of situations that could have been large gains different from reality. In everyday life it is common that a feeling of regret - the regret - should be tried as a result of a discrepancy between expected results and reality. The research says that shared experience, point out the differences between what we wanted and what we have achieved, helps us to plan more effective actions in the future. However, under conditions of high stress, such as that experienced after a traumatic event and unwanted, they can break into the conscious thoughts in the form "If only I had not been so ..." or "If only I had not done" or "If I had done something to avoid anything "in an attempt to cancel (undoing) the ideal of what the consequences. These counterfactual thoughts may have the effect of amplifying emotions and feelings such as blame, anger, shame and guilt. The ability to generate automatic, indiscriminate and not action-oriented questions and statements recursive, it can condense into a particular style of thinking - rumination - that underlies feelings of discomfort common and disabling, such as depression, anxiety and obsessive . The first part of this work is occupied by a review of the research that initially pose the counterfactual thinking in the context of more general skills of problem-solving, since then the functional perspective, can bring out the side adaptive, relevant to the regulation of affective states and, more generally, of maintaining mental health. The second part discussed the role of counterfactual thinking, in relation to its dysfunctional side, especially with regard to post-traumatic results. In the third part analyzes the patterns of information processing that recognize a role in regulating mood counterfactual thinking, citing some psychotherapeutic paradigms, including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), developed by Francine Shapiro. To test the application of counterfactual thinking in the treatment of post-traumatic results were two examples: one taken from the literature on EMDR and a case of anxiety-depressive disorder, treatment with cognitive-oriented psychotherapy.

Keywords: Counterfactual Thinking  Informational Processing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

17. de Jongh, A. (2000, May 6). Approaches to using EMDR for the treatment of phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop focuses on the clinical application of EMDR with specific phobias. There are a number of advantages in using EMDR for the treatment of specific phobias compared to other approaches, such as exposure in vivo. One of the most important advantages seems to be the possibility to utilize EMDR under circumstances where the critical elicitors cannot be reproduced or simulated in real life (e.g., certain sexual, illness or death situations) or, more generally, for which phobic stimuli are hard to obtain. However, unlike patients suffering with PTSD, after deconditioning of an anxiety associated with a traumatic incident, phobic individuals till have to anticipated future anxiety evoking situations. This has important implications for treatment. For example, contrary to its application with PTSD, the treatment of specific phobias with EMDR should not be concluded until clients are prepared for future interactions with (former) anxiety-eliciting stimuli or situations. This may involve acquisition of adaptive coping skills, such as mental strategies to relax or to distract oneself, and the use of exposure (in vivo) techniques. Participants of this workshop will learn when and how to apply EMDR with specific phobias and integrate this into general (cognitive-behavioral) treatment approach. This approach is illustrated by several videotaped treatments.

Keywords: Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

18. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, L. (2007, September). The art of EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The functions of EMDRIA Approved Consultants include the provision of consultation and supervision. While consultation is not the same as supervision, there is some overlap and legal implications, with the ultimate goal being to ensure competent treatment of clients. This workshop will address methods to examine and assess the applicants’ developmental abilities regarding quality consultation, case conceptualization skills, as well as knowledge and ability to implement the EMDR treatment model. This workshop also seeks to build upon the skills that current consultants already possess, refining and upgrading their competencies in effectively assessing applicants in the above areas.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

19. Solomon, R. M. (2007, June). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic emotions, often involved the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in talking therapy, utilize resource installation, or provide an interweave to lower the level of intensity. While this can, at times, be appropriate and helpful, often it is counter indicated and a perceived resolution may be short lived and/or needlessly circumscribed. It is important to recognize the markers of treatment, and what choices are appropriate. Ironically, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotion.
The hallmark of EMDR is “staying out of the way” if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client’s natural healing patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) – though often useful – can interfere with the client’s own internal processing and take the client away form their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client one’s therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing, c) using different rate, speed and tempo to control emotional intensity of the processing, d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to “stay out of the way.”
This workshop will focus on:
a) Assessment of client readiness
b) Therapeutic clinical presence and attunement skills
c) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing and control intensity
d) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and “staying out of the way."
Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).

Keywords: Abreactions  Intense Affect  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

20. Solomon, R. M. (2006, September). The art of EMDR:  Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic memories, often involves the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in verbal interventions (e.g. interweave, resource installation, talking therapy). While this can indeed be appropriate and helpful, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of & client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotions. The hallmark of EMDR is "staying out of the way" if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client's natural patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) - though often useful - can interfere with the client's own internal processing and take the client away from their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client in one's therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate, and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing c) using different rate, speed, and tempo to control emotional intensity of processing; d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to "stay out of the way". Hence, more important than the mechanics of bilateral stimulation is the way EMDR is delivered. EMDR is a "dance" between client and therapist with the therapist interacting through bi-lateral stimulation even more than through verbal communication. This workshop will focus on dealing with intense affect with EMDR (the dance) and include discussjon of 1) How to assess client readiness for dealing with intense material, both before and during EMDR processing. 2) Therapist clinical presence and attunement skills. 3) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing, and control intensity of processing. 4) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and "staying out of the way". Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).

Keywords: Abreactions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

21. Cohn, L. (1994, March). Art therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
New modes of thempy, before they are completely tried and defined, challenge the professional status quo as well as our individual skills and preconceptions. Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR)presents just such a challenge: the method, barely three years old, has shown excellent results in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), but is as yet incompletely documented, and the reasons for its success remain open to speculation (Shapiro, 1989). Even so, only by continually exploring new techniques can art therapists adjust to advances in mental health care.

Keywords: Art Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

22. van der Kolk, B. A. (1999, November). Assessment and treatment of complex PTSD. Specialty training course presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While most research on PTSD has studied subjects exposed to single trauma, in clinical practice the vast majority of treatment seeking patients have histories of multiple traumas, usually interpersonal, abuse. This gives rise to complex clinical pictures, of which PTSD is just one dimension. The Trauma Center in Boston is a large, multidisciplinary, developmentally focused Clinic which specializes in the treatment of traumatized children and adults. Our clinic uses a developmentally based assessment tool which helps in the staging of appropriate treatment interventions. Special emphasis is placed on providing patients with skills to deal with complex trauma-based symptoms, such as dissociation, by teaching stablization with DBT techniques, psychoeducational groups, resource installation, SIT, and body-oriented methods, in which patients are taught skills to increase their internal locus of control. We will review the rationale for various psychopharmacological interventions and the role of groups to enhance the capacity for mutual relationships. All treatment occurs on the foundation of continuity of care with one individual therapist who follows the patient’s progress,explores life issues, helps deal with re-enactment behaviors, and does trauma-specific treatment, such as EMDR or CBT for alleviation of trauma-specific symptoms. This conference will explore these issues in depth and discuss in detail the staging and applications of various treatment techniques in clinical practice.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PSTD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

23. Lendl, J. (2006, September). Back to basics:  The positive template & affect bridge. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One of the reasons EMDR is such a powerful treatment method is the eight phase, three prong protocol. The robustness of the method is not achieved if any part of the protocol is dismissed. Dr. Shapiro's recent trainings have emphasized the need for the future template. The future template is a combination of the use of imagery, and used successfully in sport performance and health recovery, and bi-lateral stimulation. Back fo Basics: The Positive Template is a workshop to remind participants of the importance of positive templates in complete and incomplete EMDR protocol sessions. The future template, which addresses avoidance, adaptation, and actualization, is a part of phase eight/reevaluation and the third prong (future) of the EMDR protocol. Preliminary research will be presented that suggests positive templates are useful before phase eight. Participants will learn to integrate the positive template to help maintain skills between sessions, encourage new skills and practice ways to handle resistance. There will be supervised practica for using the future template and ESP (End Session Positive) template. Additionally, this workshop has been expanded to go over the Affect Bridge and practice will be included.

Keywords: Affect Bridge  Future Template  Positive Template  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

24. EMDRIA Standards and Training Committee. (2002, June). Becoming an independent EMDRIA approved instructor. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is designed for Approved Instructors in EMDR or those who plan to pursue this designation. Becoming an Approved Instructor in EMDR requires an even greater commitment to mastery of EMDR's processes, procedures, theories, and research. It also entails the skills necessary to impart this information, to untrained clinicians, in such a way, that allows them to responsibly practice. This workshop will cover the steps necessary to become an EMDRIA Approved Instructor. It will offer ideas for getting started, for meeting the new EMDRIA criteria, for developing instructional tools and for managing the course structure to maximizing success. A question and answer session will be available to help with specific questions.

Keywords: Approved Instructor  Training  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

25. Maxwell, E. (1994). Beyond deficiency motivation:  EMDR, peak experiences, and transcendence. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 6.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
When I initially heard of EMDR, I was totally uninterested. I was happy with my repertoire of skills and simply could not be bothered. However, the reports of colleagues who had the training were so exceptional I thought it was time to have a look. I still was not prepared to waste my precious hours on a training, and my way around this was to experience EMDR myself. I had genuine difficulties isolating a problem since I was at a particularly fulfilling stage of my life; however, I finally settled on a minor irritation that I was having with one of my clients. That session, plus two others, moved me very rapidly to a decision to move into private practice, to implementing that decision, and to currently experiencing a life of ease, gentle pacing, and tranquility that I had no previous vision of being possible. In fact, there has been a total life style transformation. I now work only three days a week, have time to follow the joyous explorations of my toddler for hours, am writing a novel, and am experiencing considerable relaxation of the Puritan work ethic. The starting point had been a life style I had previously perceived as fulfilling and perfectly for me.

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

26. Litt, B. (2011, April-May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Workshop in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will explore family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict and learn to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.
In Part One, participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. In Part Two, participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning using contextual family therapy, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. This interactive workshop will include videotape and didactic material designed to facilitate a deeper understanding of this exciting new integrative model. For individual, couples, and family therapists.
Learning Objectives: •Individual and conjoint therapists will sharpen their diagnostic skills by learning to assess intergenerational patterns that contribute to ego fragmentation in their clients. •Couples therapists will use knowledge gained to evaluate repetition compulsions or reenactments in their client couples. •Individual and conjoint therapists will learn to deconstruct reenactments to identify negative cognitions preparatory to doing EMDR. •Conjoint therapists will assess for indications and contraindications for conducting conjoint EMDR sessions with client couples. •Therapists will be able to rapidly assess negative cognitions using a new typology of Domains of the Self. •EMDR therapists will be able to employ a model of the zone of optimal processing for efficient and safe desensitization. •EMDR therapists will be able to use a variety of techniques for maintaining their clients within the zone of optimal processing.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

27. Epstein, L. (2009, April 18). The body and attachment: Sensorimotor interventions to enhance EMDR effectiveness in the treatment of developmental disorders. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will teach participants some ways to perceive, articulate and process developmental injuries manifest in the body. Participants will learn to "read" the body for negative beliefs, to evoke the negative cognition by a combination of directed mindfulness and bilateral stimulation and to enhance the processing and installation of resources by interweaving somatic elements with EMDR.

Keywords: Developmental Disorders  Developmental Injuries  Sensimotor Interventions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

28. Korman, S. (2007, June). Body-based interventions for self-reguation and resourcing in the treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the clinical treatment of complex trauma, it is important to evaluate a patient’s readiness for trauma processing. This includes recognizing a clinical presentation of complex trauma and an understanding of it etiology. Additionally, it is imperative to understand the effects of trauma on the body system. Pre-mature trauma processing can serve to symptomatically worsen a pervasive pattern of systemic dysregulation. Prior to successful trauma processing, a patient must be able to maintain dual attention, regulate their affect, and tolerate the experience of affective state change. Body-based resourcing and regulatory skills can be utilized by the clinician to increase a patient’s ability to tolerate and more fully integrate pre-frontal lobe cognitive activity with the emotional and sensory experiences resultant of trauma. Strategies from many modalities, such as Dialectic Behavior Therapy, Mindfulness Practices and EMDR Resourcing can be taught to and practiced by the client in preparation for successful regulated integration of traumatic memory.

Keywords: Complex PSTD  Creativity  Mind/Body  Resourcing  Self Regulation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

29. Gannon, J. P. (2011, April). A brain-based peak performance model using meditation, EMDR and cardio imagery and rehearsal. Peak Performance Systems, San Francisco.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This pilot study investigated the effectiveness of a new model of peak performance training based on applications of brain research to stimulate mental skill acquisition leading to enhanced performance capabilities. Brain-based techniques such as Mindfulness Meditation (MM), Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal (CIR) appear to stimulate various neurological processes including alpha and theta brain waves, higher interhemispheric coherence and reduced sympathetic nervous system arousal. Clinical application of these techniques in a preliminary pilot study with a variety of performers was shown in follow-up self-assessments to have enhanced performance outcomes on seven measures including reduced performance anxiety and self-consciousness, enhanced concentration and focus, improved memorization of performance routines and enhanced overall performance goals. The idea that specific performance routines can be installed using these brain-based techniques that enhance peak performance functioning on demand was supported by these findings.. However, the results of this pilot study are preliminary and further studies using a larger subject sample, empirically validated test measurements and independent control groups are necessary before these findings can be corroborated.

Keywords: Brain-Based Peak Performance  Brainscripting  Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal  Flow  Interhemispheric Coherence  Mindfulness Meditation  Neurofeedback  Neuroplasticity  Performance Anxiety  Pilot Study  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

30. Watson, C., Davis, R., & Heimonen, T. (2010, September/October). Bridging the gap between clinical practice and research with EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a trauma treatment with origins date back to 1987 by its founder Francine Shapiro. EMDR is based on an information-processing model and is being used to treat traumatic symptoms. Clinicians in many types of clinical settings worldwide employ EMDR for a board range of treatment issues including grief, depression, anxiety, physical and sexual abuse. Although there is evidence that EMDR is effective in treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, more research needs to be done in clinical practice settings to contribute to the much needed research base about effective of EMDR with other issues.
Therapists working with trauma are often dealing with high caseloads and administrative requirements of the agencies that they work with. The clinicians involved in this research have observed that there have been some encouraging developments in their community which have served to build bridges for clinicians to increase their confidence in the world of research. In 2007, an intiative called Research Skills Development Program offering mentoring in research skills development was offered in association with Lakehead University and Northern Ontario School of Medicine, Ontario, Canada.
Completion of this 1-year program proved to be the first step in make the transition from clinician to researcher. From there, partnerships were formed within the agency and community. With the support of our agency, researchers were able to gain access to testing and computer software that made data collection and data anaylsis possible with least disruption to our clinical services.
The clinicians were encouraged by previous results from our first study in 2007 (n=6) to continue systematic data collection with more clients (n=6). Approval for this recent study was received by the Ethics Committee of St. Joseph's Care Group.

Keywords: Poster  Practice  Research  Research Skills Development Program  

Accuracy Verified: No

31. Emard, P. (1995, June). A brief look at MRI brief therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The MRI approach to brief therapy originated out of the serendipitous coming together of several incredibly creative minds that resulted in a form of psychotherapy in which the major goal was to make psychotherapy more efficient and more effective. It evolved out of research project on communication begun by anthropologist Gregory Bateson that soon involved the work of hypnotherapist Milton H. Erickson and psychiatrist Don Jackson. John Weakland, Jay Haley, Paul Watzlawick and Richard Fisch began to publish the ideas that resulted fiom the early research findings and in doing so developed a particular set of assumptions about the formation and resolution of human problems that differed significantly from traditional treatment models of the time. Further refinements through the clinical application of these methods resulted in a model of treatment that was a pioneer of the brief psychotherapy movement. It is based on a non-normative and non-pathological way of viewing people with problems; it looks at people in the context of their living situations; it resists the idea of client resistance, it places great emphasis on the use of language; and it seeks to amplify client assets and resources and minimize client liabilities and shortcomings. Brief therapists assume a willingness to be an active change agent for the benefit of their clients. They accept responsibility for creating an atmosphere of respect, patience, and creativity in which clients can find alternative ways to think and behave. They believe they have a set of tasks to perform that will hopefully result in the resolution or, as a minimum, the diminishment of the problem situation for which the client originally sought help. These tasks consist of a combination of ways of thinking and acting that are designed to increase the likelihood that the client will experience relief from a painful problem. One of the main tasks for a brief therapist is to find ways to construe the problems presented by the client so that a solution can be found. Brief therapists inquire into the interactional systemic aspects of a problem, the context or environment in which the problem occurs, the people involved in the problematic situation, and the ways the client has attempted to resolve the problem thus far. Another very important task is to identify and gain access to the persons who are the most interested in and willing to work toward changing the problem situation. The idea here is to spend the bulk of the therapeutic time and effort working with the person who is most invested in the change process. Brief therapists find ways to appeal to this person's values and belief systems so that (s)he will engage in activities and/or alter her/his behavior in ways that are likely to change the problem situation. A third task on which brief therapists concentrate is the establishment of clear, concrete, and doable goals of treatment. They collaborate with the client to determine what the client hopes to gain from treatment and when the client will know she is ready to handle life on his/her own, this assumes an emphasis on the client's present and the possibilities for the client's future rather than his/her past. The fourth task brief therapists focus on is the development of ways of intervening in the way the presenting problem is being handled in the present time. This is based on the central assumption that one of the main goals of psychotherapy is to induce clients to change the way a problem is handled. Such intervening is the result of thoughtful and careful consideration of many factors surrounding the problem situation and involves the use of a variety of skills. A final task for the brief therapist is to find ways to remove him/herself from the client's life in such a way that the client has faith in her/his own ability to function effectively without the therapist. This treatment model offers clinicians an opportunity to work in positive, goal-directed ways that clients find helpful and therapists find challenging and satisfying. It calls upon clinicians to develop keen observation skills, the ability to see things fiom a variety of perspectives, and an appreciation for the vast resources clients bring with them to therapy. While it is a simple model of treatment, it is by no means an easy one to master. It requires clinicians to step outside their usual frames of reference in the pursuit of creative solutions to difficult human problems. It rewards them with a greater sense of accomplishment and increased client satisfaction. In the ever-changing world of mental health, this is no small achievement.

Keywords: MRI Brief Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

32. Korn, D., Rozelle D., & Weir, J. (2005, June). Bringing EMDR research into practice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Determining Readiness for EMDR Trauma Processing: • Neither diagnosis nor trauma history determine readiness for trauma processing or response to treatment • Though studies often exclude subjects with suicidal ideation, dissociation or substance abuse, EMDR may be used with these clients if other readiness criteria (e.g., affect tolerance, coping skills, safe embodiment) are met • Key point - Capacity to tolerate and modulate arousal v. absolute level of arousal [Excerpt]

Keywords: Practice  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

33. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Case conceptualization and treatment planning for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Want to do more/better EMDR? Trauma-informed case foundation and treatment planning enable the therapist to systematically pursue treatment activities that help the client: a) understand why trauma resolution is important; b) have the motivation to do it; and c) develop the coping skills and affect tolerance for successful EMDR. Participants will practice structured methods to understand a client from a trauma perspective and to apply the trauma-informed treatment framework to one of their own cases. Data documenting these methods’ effectiveness will be presented, including reduced therapist distress, increased empathy and confidence, and improved behaviors with challenging clients.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

34. van Ommeren-Van der Meer, T. B. (2009). Casus 16 – Er gaan stukjes van de nare foto af: Het bijzondere verwerkingsproces van een 9-jarige jongen met PDD-NOS [Case 16 – Pieces of the negative picture disappear: The special processing of a 9-year old boy with PDD-NAO]. In H. K. Hornsveld & S. Berendsen (Eds.), Casusboek EMDR, 25 voorbeelden uit de praktijk (1st Ed.), (pp. 243-250). Houten: Bohn Stafleu Van Loghum. doi:10.1007/978-90-313-7358-1_24.

Language: Dutch

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Tobias wordt door zijn moeder aangemeld bij de GGZ, afdeling Jeugd, omdat hij zowel thuis als op school (buitengewoon onderwijs gespecialiseerd in autistische kinderen) steeds vaker blokkeert. Dan krijgt hij zelfs de meest eenvoudige vaardigheden, zoals zijn veters strikken, niet meer voor elkaar.

Tobias by his mother reported to the Mental Health, Department of Youth, because he is at home and at school (special education specializing in autistic children) are increasingly blocking. Then he gets even the simplest skills, like tying shoelaces are no longer together.

Keywords: PDD-NAO  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

35. Herbert, C. (2002, June). A CBT-based therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems. European Journal of Psychotherapy, Counseling & Health, 5(2), 135-144.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper offers a therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems, based on a cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) approach, which is informed by a combination of schema-focussed cognitive behavioural therapy (McGinn and Young 1996; Young 1994; Padesky 1994; Pretzer and Fleming 1989), specialized cognitive behaviourally-focussed trauma therapy (Herbert 1996, 2001, 2002a, 2002b; Herbert and Wetmore 1999, 2001), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing techniques (EMDR - Shapiro 1995) and mindfulness techniques (Bennett-Goleman 2001; Teasdale et al. 1995; Kabat-Zinn 1994; Linehan 1993). This paper attempts to illustrate how such an approach might be applied to working with complex client problems, such as Tracey's, by addressing some of the therapeutic issues that have been highlighted in the original case study of Tracey by her therapist and introducing an alternative understanding of these.

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Countertransference  Distress  Phenomenology  Physical Manifestations  Psychoanalysis  Psychotherapy  Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy  Psychological Distress  Psychosomatic Phenomena  Self Destructive Behavior  Self Harm  Somatoform Disorders  Thinking  Trauma Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

36. Herbert, C. (2002, May). A CBT-based therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This paper offers a therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems, based on a cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) approach, which is informed by a combination of schema-focussed cognitive behavioural therapy (McGinn and Young 1996; Young 1994; Padesky 1994; Pretzer and Fleming 1989), specialized cognitive behaviourally-focussed trauma therapy (Herbert 1996, 2001, 2002a, 2002b; Herbert and Wetmore 1999, 2001), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing techniques (EMDR - Shapiro 1995) and mindfulness techniques (Bennett-Goleman 2001; Teasdale et al. 1995; Kabat-Zinn 1994; Linehan 1993). This paper attempts to illustrate how such an approach might be applied to working with complex client problems, such as Tracey's, by addressing some of the therapeutic issues that have been highlighted in the original case study of Tracey by her therapist and introducing an alternative understanding of these.[Taylor-Francis]

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Counseling  Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

37. Grand, D. (2007, Novembro). Cenas temidas no EMDR [Scenes feared in EMDR]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Neste workshop, David Grand vai mostrar como você pode se conectar com seus clientes mais difíceis, resistentes e não respondentes ao EMDR, usando a modalidade de role-play. David convida a todos que tragam seus casos mais desafiadores. Ele fará as demonstrações com você no papel de cliente e ele no papel de terapeuta. Trata-se uma das formas mais divertidas e poderosas de aprimorar suas habilidades com EMDR.

In this workshop, David Grand will show how you can connect with their customers more tough, durable and non-respondents to the EMDR method of using the role-play. David invites everyone to bring their most challenging cases. He will make statements to you in the role of customer and he in the role of therapist. It is a of the most fun and powerful hone your skills with EMDR.

Keywords: Role-Playing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

38. Royle, L. (2012, October). The challenges of integrating EMDR basic training into the context of your own practice. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop will look at common challenges faced by therapists when beginning the task of integrating EMDR basic training into their existing practice and skills. It will discuss how therapists often react to this challenge (including ‘giving up’ and ‘protocol drift’) and offer suggestions on how to overcome this. The specific difficulties encountered by those with different theoretical backgrounds will be highlighted. This workshop is aimed at novice EMDR therapists who may be feeling apprehensive about applying their new skills.

Keywords: Practice  Training  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

39. Burns, M. (2009, March). The challenges of using EMDR with refugee and asylum seeking children/adolescents. Symposium conducted the 7th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper discusses the use of EMDR with refugee and asylum seeking children and adolescents using clinical case examples and shares the clinician’s own personal reflections on the lessons learned. The challenges of working with this group are explored drawing on research findings as well as the clinician’s experiences. Language and cultural differences can act as barriers to assessing children’s mental health or their suitability for EMDR even though in some cases it might be thought of as the treatment of choice. Working with Interpreters is often a key feature of this therapeutic work. The challenges are discussed with direct reference to The British Psychology Society’s recently published guidelines. There are ongoing stresses for these children and young people associated with displacement and their current situation in the UK. These stresses contribute to their psychological distress. Fear of being sent home or mistrust may also prevent them from providing full and accurate information hindering the clinician from obtaining an accurate assessment or trauma history. The importance of good therapeutic skills as the basis of an EMDR Approach is highlighted drawing upon a host of interventions (behavioural, physical, cognitive and motivational) to support clients in building up their own resources so that they can manage their distress between sessions. The therapist’s role in managing expressed emotions within the sessions is examined, not forgetting the impact of this on the therapist.

Keywords: Adolescents  Asylum  Children  Refugees  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

40. Grant, M. (2009). Change your brain, change your pain: Based on EMDR. Wyong, NSW: Wyong Medical Centre.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Chronic physical or emotional pain is one of the most overwhelming problems we ever have to face. It often fails to respond to normally effective treatments such as medication and counselling. Time doesn't heal some wounds, and sufferers are faced with a desperate need for solutions. One of the most exciting developments in treating pain is increased understanding of the brain's role in pain, based on new brain-scanning technology. Scientists have also discovered that the brain is malleable and capable of being changed throughout the lifespan. This enlightening and practical book explains how physical and emotional pain are stored in the brain, and what causes pain to persist after the injury or trauma that initially triggered it. The book describes five core sensory-emotional skills for reversing the brain activity that maintains pain. These are brought to life through over 20 brain-smart activities designed to neutralize the sensoryemotional reactions that maintain pain. Benefits include learning: how to understand and benefit from your emotions, even negative ones; how to cope with the effects of physical injury with less distress; how to reduce painful feelings and sensations without really trying; how to change negative emotional patterns; how to feel better about yourself; how to conquer stress; how to protect yourself against future episodes of pain; sleep better - naturally; and much more! Includes brain stimulation CD.

Keywords: Pain  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

41. Adler-Tapia, R. L. (2012, June). Child psychotherapy: Integrating developmental theory into clinical practice. New York, NY: Spring Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Children are often diagnosed and medicated without the consideration that their symptoms may actually be a healthy response to stressful life events. This integrative guide for mental health practitioners who work with children underscores the importance of considering the etiology of a child's symptoms within a developmental framework before making a diagnosis. By providing advanced training and skills for working with children, the book guides the therapist, step-by-step, through assessment, case conceptualization, and treatment with a focus on the tenets of child development and a consideration of the impact of distressing life events. The book first addresses child development and the evolution of child psychotherapy from the perspectives of numerous disciplines, including recent findings in neurodevelopment trauma, attachment, and neurobiology. It discusses assessment measures, the impact of divorce and the forensic/legal environment on clinical practice, recommendations for HIPAA compliance, evidence-based best practices for treating children, and the requirements for an integrated treatment approach. Woven throughout are indications for case conceptualization including consideration of a child's complete environment. This book provides an integrative approach to child psychotherapy from the perspective of healthy development through the lens of EMDR.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

42. Figley, C. R., Carbonnell, J., Boscarino, J., & Chang, J. (1999, Summer). A clinical demonstration model for assessing the effectiveness of therapeutic interventions: An expanded clinical trials methodology. International Journal of Emergency Mental Health, 1(Part 3), 155-164 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Both the evaluation of current treatment interventions and the innovation of new ones are vital to maintaining a viable clinical profession. In the field of psychology, however, often there are serious challenges facing these worthy endeavors. This article reviews several problems and limitations with evaluation of innovative psychotherapy treatments in clinical practice and suggests a strategy to overcome these. This approach, which we term the "Systematic Clinical Demonstration Methodology" (SCDM), combines the skills of clinicians with the rigors of clinical trials methods and permits concurrent clinical innovation and scientific evaluation. Here we suggest that the SCDM approach allows innovative practitioners to assist in the development and evaluation of promising clinical interventions by working closely with clinical trials researchers. This allows innovative clinicians to demonstrate new treatment approaches, while clinical researchers evaluate the effectiveness and safety of these interventions using clinical trials methods that incorporate qualitative data. We suggest that this approach can result in the development and evaluation of new treatment innovations more quickly and cost effectively than traditionally has been the case. In addition, some limitations commonly associated with clinical trials, such as not treating patients typically found in clinical practice, failing to treat patients with multiple disorders, or treating patients from different cultural or sociodemographic groups, can be more effectively addressed. Our experiences with using this method to evaluate different psychotherapy treatments for PTSD are presented as an example of this new approach. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Brief Psychotherapy  Methodology  Neurolinguistic Programming  NLP  Outcomes Research  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Random Controlled Trials  RCT  Systematic Clinical Demonstration Methodology  TFT  Thought Field Therapy  TIR  Traumatic Incident Reduction  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

43. Grygo, M. (2008). A clinical trial of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy with conduct disordered adolescent boys. University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba Canada. AAT NR35998.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Conduct disorder and other disruptive behaviours represent the most common form of child and adolescent psychopathology referred for treatment by parents and teachers. A number of studies conducted in university research centers have demonstrated meaningful treatment gains especially with preadolescents with conduct disorder. However, studies conducted with older adolescents, especially those with comorbid disorders, as well as studies conducted in community-based clinic settings have been mostly unsuccessful. With a few exceptions, the extant treatments have not made any special effort to address effects of traumatic experiences that research has demonstrated to be very prevalent among conduct disordered children and adolescents. Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) therapy developed by Ricky Greenwald (2002a) has shown promising results in his open trial study. MASTR is a complex treatment approach which addresses several key areas crucial in treating adolescents with conduct disorder: development/enhancement of motivation for treatment, development/enhancement of anger management and problem solving skills, and treatment of past trauma effects. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of MASTR therapy with 10 adolescent boys with conduct disorder placed in a residential treatment facility. This study combined single subject and qualitative research methodologies to offer a detailed look into the implementation and evaluation of MASTR therapy in a residential treatment centre. Foremost, this study demonstrates the formidable problems of conducting treatment research with this population in this kind of setting. Results suggested that, when it can be sufficiently implemented, MASTR therapy may be an effective treatment method producing some meaningful changes in behaviour for some severely disturbed adolescents with conduct problem. The study also demonstrated that EMDR may be an effective treatment for reducing emotional distress associated with past trauma in adolescents with conduct disorder. Factors associated with the limited success of this treatment study are identified and discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences. 69(1-A), 2008, pp. 109.

Keywords: Adolescent Boys  Clinical Trial  Conduct Disorder  Empirical Study  MASTR  Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution Therapy  Quantitative Study  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

44. Morris, A. (2009, October). Closing incomplete sessions. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, Leeds, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop explores ways of managing sessions when there isn't time to complete the eight stage protocol, and considers the factors that make closure rather than resolution the appropriate response, timing, skills and techniques to bring down high levels of affect and contain unresolved material. This presentation includes discussion and experiential practice.

Keywords: Closure  Incomplete Sessions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

45. Barfoot, K. M., Casey, M. C., & Callaway, A. J. (2012, July). Combined EEG and eye-tracking in sports skills training and performance analysis. Presentation at the World Congress of Performance Analysis of Sport IX, University of Wooster.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of mobile EEG brainwave monitoring and eye-tracking recorded synchronously during the training of sports skills offers significant opportunities but creates challenges. Opportunities: ¨ Measuring neurocognitive activity and visual focus in real time which can be used to provide immediate feedback to the coach, in ‘real world’ settings, for optimising training protocols for the individual athlete. ¨ Use of sound output (‘sonification’) in proportion to EEG regions of interest as a neurofeedback mechanism for athlete self-training. ¨ Application of visualisation protocols and ‘EEG-driven’ PC games where game feedback based on state of mind is used to optimise mental state prior to performance. ¨ Examining the relationship between eye movement and neuro activity (e.g. saccades and gamma waves) and in athlete coaching interventions such as sports visual scanning strategies, Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, focussed relaxation, etc. Challenges: ¨ The recording of EEG during gross motor behaviour is subject to non-brain artefacts in the raw (time-domain) EEG, due to the much larger (than EEG) electrical voltages arising from muscle and eye movements. Practical approaches and signal processing (frequency domain spectrum) techniques to address these problems will be discussed. ¨ The synchronisation of data recorded on different types of equipment (e.g. EEG, eyetracker, video, sound, EMG, etc.) with different ‘clocks’ and diverse data formats is difficult – both in terms of time-stamping the original recordings across all the systems and playing them back synchronously for subsequent performance analysis. Progress on creating real-time data export methods which allow synchronous data recording and playback will be reported. Examples of studies carried out in archery, golf, motorsport, football and skiing will be discussed, with a focus on archery where: ¨ Measurements were taken from intermediate, county level, near elite and elite archers. ¨ Archery was chosen to demonstrate the real-time and in-situ quantification of neural activity compared with target-based measures of performance that archery provides, over a range of time-spans and skills. ¨ Results demonstrate that there are significant and measurable changes in EEG patterns during a shot with evidence suggesting that the patterns vary as a function of skill level, but not simply as a function of score. Significance of each of these studies for goal-directed learning and performance enhancement are discussed.

Keywords: EEG  Eye Tracking  Performance Analysis  Sports Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

46. Davidson, M. M., Potter, A. E., & Wesselmann, R. D. (2010, September/October). Comparing dialectical behavior therapy to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A phase-based trauma treatment pilot project. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Internation Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
• More effective methods to treat adults affected by childhood trauma, disturbed attachments, and adulthood intimate partner violence are critically needed. • Research utilizing Adult Attachment Interview (Hess, 1999) had found that when mothers hold unresolved memories of loss or childhood abuse, their children typically develop disorganized attachments and that when mothers are poorly or inconsistently responsive to their children’s cues, the children typically develop insecure attachments • A history of abuse by childhood attachment figures also increases the likelihood of becoming involved in domestic violence experiences in adulthood for both sexes (Gratz, 2009; Henderson et al, 2005) • Previous research has demonstrated that attachment experiences influence emotional functioning and vulnerability to emotion dysregulation (Critchheld et al, 2008). Numerous empirical works demonstrate the relationship between attachment style and aggression (e. g., Sockwaite et al, 2002; Henderson et al, 2005) • Emotion dysregulation and problems with impulse control and unstable relationships are common symptoms associated with childhood abuse by attachment figures (Fonagy, 1997; Bhipman et al, 2005) • Funding more effective treatment for problems in functioning related to childhood trauma and attachment issues is imperative. Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) are two approaches that have proven beneficial in treating individuals with borderline personality disorders and trauma, respectively, and thus, could prove beneficial as treatment modalities for childhood trauma and attachment problems • The current investigation is a pilot study aimed at evaluating a treatment protocol aimed at effectively assisting adults with a history of childhood abuse and/or intimate partner violence to regulate emotions, resolve childhood trauma, move toward a healthier and more secure attachment status, and reduce the risk of repeating the cycle of violence and child abuse. More specifically, this pilot project evaluated a phase-based trauma treatment program that included (a) a year-long, initial emotion regulation skills-training phases utilizing DBT and (b) a second phase of either 10 individual sessions of EMDR or 10 individual session focused on further DBT skills training

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

47. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD (C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization, learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives: • Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery • Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment • Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization • Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment • Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

48. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD (C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization, learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives: • Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery • Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment • Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization • Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment • Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

49. Seubert, A. (2008, June). The courage to feel. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Courage to Feel is a practical and inspiring workshop, designed to give the clinician the experience and tools for guiding our clients into emotional expertise. It is not simply a theoretical training that gives you a lot of information about emotions. Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is need of a map, a hands-on, practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feelings thing”. To meet this need, this master workshop offers four concrete steps to emotional competence and seven skills in achieving them, all tried and proven over 25 of clinical practice. This training also teaches the use of such a trauma-informed phase model, as well as bilateral stimulation to reinforce learning, through video clips and in vivo practice. Andrew’s first book, The Courage to Feel: a Practical Guide to the Power and Freedom of Emotional Honesty, will be available through Infinity Publishing by May of 2008.

Keywords: Emotions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

50. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The courage to feel: The power of emotional competency within the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Much of affect education is focused on managing and tolerating emotions. What is missing on the in this is an emphasis on the positive reasons for having feelings and how they work (objective #1). We need to be able to sell our clients on the importance of emotional expertise and honesty if they are to heal. They need to develop the courage to feel, but won’t do this if feelings don’t make sense.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is also a need for a map, a hands-on practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feeling things.” For this I have developed the Four Steps to emotional competence, very teachable and very learnable (Objective #2).
Specific skills are needed to implement the Four Steps. These include the practice of awareness (the sine qua non of any therapy), breath work, visualizations, resource development and anchoring, grounding techniques, trance busters and the L.I.D.S. strategy for managing strong feelings(Objective #3). Many of these will be practiced during the workshop.
Finally, it is important for the therapist to have a trauma treatment phase model in mind in order to know where this affect education fits in and when it may need to be revisited (Objective #4). The use of EMDR to reinforce learning will be demonstrated and/or practiced during the learning of the seven skills (Objective #5).

Keywords: Strategy  Technique  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

51. Greenwald, R. (1999, June). A crisis response approach for suicidal teens. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In my current position as a clinical psychologist based on a hlgh school campus, I often have occasion to meet with adolescents who are suicidal, some having recently made suicidal gestures. Despite the complexity and variety of presenting issues, there is a set of more or less standardized steps to follow to ensure safety as well as appropriate follow-up. In this paper I present a case to illustrate how I have integrated EMDR. This approach to teen suicidality uses several elements of the motivation - anger - trauma therapy (MATT) approach for teens with conduct disorder, which has been described in detail elsewhere (Greenwald 1998, 1999, in press). In addition to the standard crisis interventions - letting the client talk out the problem, contracting for safety, implementing supports and restrictions as needed, and arranging follow-up - I have been using EMDR in various ways to enhance present safety as well as subsequent resiliency. For example: the Choices Have Consequences intervention (cited above, described below) helps the client to realize that self-harm leads to a poor outcome despite its initial appeal; the standard use of EMDR can help to reduce vulnerability to the type of stressor which led to the current crisis; and the Future Movies intervention (also cited above and described below) helps to create a more hopeful long-term perspective while enhancing coping skills.

Keywords: Adolescents  Poster  Suicide  Teens  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

52. Cornil, L. (2013, April). De kracht van het NU in EMDR [The power of NOW in EMDR]. Presentatie op Het congres EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Deze uiteenzetting brengt een theoretisch-filosofische kijk op het tijdsconcept in EMDR. Sinds het prille begin speelt het tijdsconcept een centrale rol in de EMDR benadering. Aan de basis van het AIP model ligt het idee dat geheugennetwerken vervrozen zijn in de tijd (Shapiro 1995). De informatie is op een disfunctionele manier gestockeerd in het vervrozen nu en kan op elk moment worden getriggerd. In EMDR hebben patiënten (en therapeuten) het moeilijk om het NU van de negatieve cognitie te pakken te krijgen. Patiënten begrijpen niet wat gevraagd wordt en raken verward wanneer therapeuten vragen wat ze nu over zichzelf denken als ze denken aan toen. In de EMDR basistraining wordt aangegeven dat het vinden van een adequate negatieve cognitie een moeilijk deel is van het EMDR protocol, maar wel een noodzakelijk deel. Het NU is wat op dit moment gebeurt. Er is geen verleden, enkel de huidige perceptie van het verleden. Net zoals er geen toekomst is, enkele de huidige perceptie van mogelijkheden. Het heden is datgene waarmee men zich identificeert: wat je ziet, geloof je: wat je op een gegeven moment gewaarwordt, wordt de realiteit van het NU. Wanneer de patiënt getriggerd wordt in de perceptie van het kind, wordt de patiënt het kind en de tijdsperceptie wijzigt. Het punt dat in deze uiteenzetting naar voor wordt gebracht, is dat verandering ontstaat wanneer de patiënt stopt met zich te vereenzelvigen met het verleden dat daardoor het NU wordt. In EMDR wordt de patiënt door de therapeut uitgenodigd om dingen te laten gebeuren en te merken wat er verandert. Tijd heeft beweging nodig om te bestaan: de wijzers van de klok, de zon in de lucht, de rimpels die verschijnen op de huid verwijzen allemaal naar tijd. In plaats van de pijnlijke informatie op een afstand te proberen houden, die zich bevindt in de niet-tijd zonder beweging, wordt de patiënt juist uitgenodigd om de beweging te observeren die kan ontstaan door de positie van de dubbele aandacht in te nemen: één voet in de reële tijd en één voet in de niet-tijd. We zullen linken met mindfullness aangeven.

This statement brings a theoretical-philosophical perspective on the concept of time in EMDR. Since the very beginning the concept of time plays a central role in the EMDR approach. At the base of the AIP model is the idea that in the memory networks vervrozen time (Shapiro, 1995). The information is stored in a dysfunctional way vervrozen now and can be triggered at any time. In EMDR, patients (and therapists) is difficult to the NOW of the negative cognition to catch. Patients do not understand what is required and get confused when therapists ask what they think about themselves when they think of when. In the EMDR basic training indicated that finding an adequate negative cognition is a difficult part of the EMDR protocol, but a necessary part. The NOW is what is currently happening. There is no past, only the current perception of the past. Just as there is no future, some of the current perception of opportunities. The present is that with which one identifies: what you see, you believe what you become aware at any given time, the reality of the NOW. When the patient is triggered in the perception of the child, the patient is a child and time perception changes. The point in this discussion forward is brought, is that change occurs when the patient stops to identify with the past that result it is NOW. In EMDR, the patient by the therapist invited to make things happen and to notice what is changing. Time needs movement to exist: the clockwise direction, the sun in the sky, the wrinkles that appear on the skin all refer to time. In place of the painful information try to keep at a distance, which is located in the non-time without movement, the patient is invited to precisely observing the movement which may be caused by the position of the double attention to take: a foot in real time, and a foot in the non-time. We will link with mindfulness state.

Keywords: Present Focus  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

53. Black, J., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, Avril/Mai). De la problématique, à la cible, à la désensibilisation [Of the problem, the target, the desensitization]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Il peut être parfois un défi pour les thérapeutes EMDR à aider les clients à identifier les cibles de travail EMDR lorsque la personne se présente avec un problématique généralisée ou des enjeux « non-traumatiques » par exemple, certains associés à l’estime personnel, l’affirmation de soi, les habiletés relationnelles pour lesquelles des événements traumatiques « petits-t » où les liens ou expériences à cibler ne sont pas facilement identifiables. Cet atelier à pour objectif de permettre aux cliniciens à mieux aider leur clients à préciser d’avantage les enjeux et les cibles de travail potentielles avec l’EMDR; ainsi que de faciliter à ce que le client puisse, à partir de la problématique, de la cible et de l’image, mieux trouver les cognitions/croyances négatives activées. Dans ce processus, on vise aussi à accentuer l’importance de la phase 1 (l’histoire de la personne). Également, l’atelier se penchera sur l’importance de bien identifier/cerner la croyance négative sous-jacente au moment d’amorcer le travail avec les cibles identifiées, afin de maximiser les effets du retraitement et de favoriser la généralisation. À travers des présentations didactiques, des vignettes cliniques et des exercices de groupes, les participant(e)s pourront développer des stratégies pour mieux conceptualiser les plans de traitement EMDR avec ces types de problématiques. Également, les cliniciens seront amenés à réfléchir sur les thèmes des enjeux travaillés et leurs liens avec les cognitions négatives identifiées, sous les thèmes de responsabilité, sécurité et choix personnel. (Tous les niveaux)

It can sometimes be a challenge for EMDR therapists to help clients identify targets EMDR work when the person presents with a widespread issue or issues "non-traumatic" for example, some associated with the estimated personnel, assertiveness, interpersonal skills for which the traumatic events "small-t" which links or targeting experiments are not easily identifiable. This workshop aims to enable clinicians to better help their clients to clarify issues and benefit the target potential working with EMDR, as well as to facilitate the client can, using the issue of and the target image, find the best cognitions / beliefs turned negative. In this process, it also aims to highlight the importance of phase one (the story of the person). Also, the workshop will focus on the importance of identifying / understanding the underlying negative belief at the time to begin work with the targets identified in order to maximize the effects of reprocessing and to promote generalization. Through didactic presentations, clinical vignettes and group exercises, the participant (s) will develop strategies to better conceptualize the EMDR treatment plans with these types of issues. Also, clinicians will need to reflect on themes and issues worked their links with negative cognitions

Keywords: Target  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

54. Jaspers, J. (2011, May). De relatie tussen wetenschap en klinische praktijk [The relationship between science and clinical practice]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 32(2), 59-60. "Online First".

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
De discussie over mindfulness die in het vorige nummer van Psychologie & Gezondheid is gevoerd, wordt in dit nummer voortgezet. Frank Vernooij reageert op de eerdere bijdragen vanuit zijn klinische ervaring metmindfulnessmeditatietraining (MTT). Hij relativeert de bijdrage die vanuit de wetenschap kan worden geleverd aan de klinische praktijk in het algemeen en aan het vaststellen van de waarde en effectiviteit van mindfulness in het bijzonder. Ook in het vorige nummer werd door Maya Schroevers en haar collega’s en door Ivan Nyklíček het effectonderzoek naar MTT al positiever ingeschat dan door Remco Havermans, maar Vernooij gaat nog een stapje verder. Hij lijkt de mogelijkheden van de wetenschap om uitspraken te doen over de klinische praktijk niet hoog in te schatten. Havermans vermoedt zelfs dat Vernooij hem beschuldigt van sciëntisme, de overtuiging dat wetenschap superieur is aan alle andere interpretaties van het leven. Havermans maakt glashelder waarom hij vindt dat wetenschap een cruciale rol vervult voor een op evidentie gebaseerde klinische praktijk. Tevens stelt hij nogmaals vast dat de evidentie voor MMT te wensen overlaat en dat ook het meest recente onderzoek, gepubliceerd in 2010 en 2011, dezelfde methodologische tekorten kent als eerder effectonderzoek naar MMT. De zoekterm ‘mindfulnesss’ leverde voor 2010 en 2011 weliswaar bijna 400 citaties op, maar hieronder vond hij slechts vijf relevante MMT-trials. Bij zijn beschrijving van deze trials stelt Havermans terloops vast dat hoge impactfactoren van tijdschriften niet garant staan voor kwalitatief het best mogelijke onderzoek. Dit laatste is mogelijk een troost voor Sandra Mulkens en andere Nederlandse onderzoekers die, geheel in de huidige academische traditie, zo hoog mogelijk proberen te scoren in Engelstalige wetenschappelijke tijdschriften, lees haar column in dit nummer. Naast effectonderzoek is onderzoek in de traditie van de experimentele psychopathologie (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) een beproefde manier om wetenschappelijke kennis te vergaren die van groot belang kan zijn voor de klinische praktijk. Het openingsartikel van dit nummer is hiervan een voorbeeld bij uitstek. Over de werkzame factoren van EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) is veel gespeculeerd, maar nauwelijks iets bekend. Het onderzoek van Marcel van den Hout, Iris Engelhard en collega’s heeft hierover een aannemelijk theoretisch model opgeleverd. De theorie dat belasting van het werkgeheugen een cruciale rol speelt bij het vervagen van negatieve en positieve herinneringen is door hen in een serie experimenten overtuigend aangetoond. Een van die experimenten wordt in het openingsartikel beschreven. De publicaties hierover (zowel Engelstalig als in het Nederlands) en de klinische implicaties die door de onderzoekers zijn geformuleerd, hebben tot veel reacties geleid. Gelet op de geschiedenis van EMDR in Nederland, met uitgesproken pleitbezorgers en criticasters, wekt dat wellicht weinig verbazing. In nummer 1 van Dth (Directieve therapie) van dit jaar reagerenWillen van der Does en Hellen Hornsveld op het model van Van den Hout en Engelhard en de consequenties ervan voor de klinische praktijk. Een opmerkelijke overeenkomst met de discussie over mindfulness is de verschillende interpretatie van het wetenschappelijk onderzoek, in dit geval de evidentie voor EMDR in vergelijking met cognitieve gedragstherapie (CGT): Van der Does (2011) meent dat EMDR net iets minder effectief is dan CGT, terwijl Hornsveld (2011) de conclusie trekt dat CGT, in het bijzonder imaginaire exposure, het aflegt tegen EMDR. Ook al waarschuwen beiden tegen al te snelle gevolgtrekkingen van dit experimenteel onderzoek bij niet-patiënten voor de klinische praktijk, nieuwe wetenschappelijke informatie lijkt vooral geïnterpreteerd te worden vanuit reeds eerder bestaande opvattingen en oordelen over EMDR en CGT. De suggestie van Van den Hout en Engelhard (2011) dat EMDR een gewone CGT-techniek kan worden, zal hen door de snel groeiende Vereniging EMDR Nederland niet in dank worden afgenomen, al hoopt Van der Does (2011) op decimering van het ledental. Al met al blijkt uit deze recente discussies het spanningsveld tussen wetenschap en klinische praktijk. De ontwikkelingen in de (klinische) psychologie, waarbij de kloof tussen wetenschappers en clinici alleen maar lijkt toe te nemen, onder andere omdat het door de toenemende specialisaties steeds moeilijker wordt voor psychologen om beide beroepsrollen te combineren, doen daar geen goed aan.

The discussion about mindfulness in the previous issue of Psychology & Health are hereby continued in this issue. Frank Vernooij responding to previous contributions from his clinical experience mindfulness and meditation training (MTT). He puts the contribution that science can be delivered to the clinical practice in general and to determine the value and effectiveness of mindfulness in particular. In the previous issue was Schroevers Maya and her colleagues and by Ivan Nyklicek impact study MTT been more positive assessments than by Remco Havermans, Vernooij but goes one step further. He seems the ability of science to make statements about the clinical practice to estimate high. Havermans even suspects that he Vernooij accused of scientism, the belief that science is superior to all other interpretations of life. Havermans makes clear why he thinks science is a crucial role for an evidence-based clinical practice. Also, he once again that the evidence of MMT is inadequate and that the latest research, published in 2010 and 2011, has the same methodological shortcomings as earlier research on effects MMT. The search term 'mindfulnesss "delivered in 2010 and 2011, while nearly 400 citations, but below, he found only five relevant trials MMT. In his description of these trials suggests that high Havermans casually impact factors of journals does not guarantee the best quality research. The latter may be a comfort to Sandra Mulkens and Dutch researchers, all in the current academic tradition, try to score as high as possible in English scientific journals, read her column in this issue. Besides effects research, research in the tradition of experimental psychopathology (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) a proven way to scientific knowledge is produced that may be important for clinical practice. The opening article of this issue is an example par excellence. On the effective factors of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been much speculation but very little known. The study by Marcel van den Hout, Iris Engelhard and colleagues has made a plausible theoretical model yielded. The theory that taxes working memory plays a crucial role in the blurring of negative and positive memories by them in a series of experiments convincingly demonstrated. One of those experiments in the opening article. The publications on this subject (both English and Dutch) and the clinical implications have been formulated by the investigators, have led to many responses. Given the history of EMDR in the Netherlands, with strong advocates and critics, suggests that perhaps little surprise. In a number of Dth (directive therapy) this year to respond to van der Does and Helen Horn Field on the model of van den Hout and Engelhard and its consequences for clinical practice. A remarkable agreement with the discussion of mindfulness is the different interpretations of scientific research, in this case the evidence for EMDR compared to cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT): Van der Does (2011) believes that EMDR is slightly less effective than CBT, while Horn Field (2011) concludes that CBT, in particular imaginal exposure, it looses against EMDR. Although both warn against too rapid conclusions from this experimental study in non-patients for clinical practice, new scientific information seems to be interpreted from pre-existing beliefs and judgments about EMDR and CBT. The suggestion of Van den Hout and Engelhard (2011) that EMDR is a simple CBT techniques may be, will bring them through the fast-growing Netherlands Association EMDR not be appreciated, though hopes Van der Does (2011) on the decimation of the membership. All in all, of these recent discussions the tension between science and clinical practice. Developments in the (clinical) psychology, where the gap between scientists and clinicians only seems to be increasing, partly because it is the increasing specialization is becoming increasingly difficult for psychologists to both professional roles to combine, do not do well.

Keywords: Mindfulness and Meditation Training, MTT  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

55. McCammon, S. L., & Allison, E. J. (1995). Debriefing and treating emergency workers. In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Compassion fatigue: Coping with secondary traumatic stress disorder in those who treat the traumatized (pp. 115-130). New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Chapter 6 emphasizes the importance of promoting trauma resolution and healthy coping strategies in emergency workers. Strategies that can be implemented before, during, and after a traumatic event are summarized. Pretrauma interventions include the use of a stress audit, training regarding stress and its management, and policy development.During a traumatic event, interventions include orientation to the trauma site, on-scene support, demobilization, and debriefing. Common elements among the several debriefing models described include the structuring of opportunities to review the events of the traumatic situation and to ventilate feelings, the learning of skills for integrating and mastering the event, and obtaining assistance in identifying, enlisting, and accepting help from one's support system. Post-trauma activities include individual follow-up sessions, the use of experimental procedures such as eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and attention to anniversaries of traumatic events. A decade of anecdotal reports testifies to the effectiveness of debriefing and provides helpful insights into working with emergency responders. Currently, research efforts are under way to assess systematically the impact of debriefing. Future research should address the mediating effect of emergency workers' coping behaviors and cognitions. [Introduction, p. xix]

Keywords: Adults  Critical Incidence Stress  Debriefing  CISD  Education  Medical Personnel  Prevention  Emergency Personnel  Self-Help Techniques  Vicarious Traumatization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

56. Curry, S. (2006, June). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR:  What, when and who. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Following EMDR training, clinicians experience a steep learning curve when they attempt to implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal evidence points to a significant reduction in numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis. EMDR is much more complex than it first appears; therefore those who use the protocol only occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective application. There is a need, even for experienced EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured way of identifying the decisions we make both before and as we proceed through the protocol. A growing body of researcs exists to back up our decisions; however, some choices are made based on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise); why we sharpen our phone skills up-front; rationales for tightening up intake and case conceptualization; decisions during preparation, safe place, resource development, assessment, desensitization, and later phases of the protocol; decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and decisions regarding time management and flexing a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged to sharpen their thinking about how they do EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying the most important "forks in the road" before and during treatment; be able to name at least one decision point pertaining to each of the Phases covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves  Preparation Phase  Time Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

57. Curry, S. (2006, September). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR:  What, when, and why. Presentation at an annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: F
ollowing EMDR training, clinicians experience a steep learning curve when they attempt to implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal evidence points to a significant reduction in numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis. EMDR is much more complex than it first appears; therefore those who use the protocol only occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective application. There is a need, even for experienced EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured way of identifying the decisions we make both before and as we proceed through the protocol. A growing body of researcs exists to back up our decisions; however, some choices are made based on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise); why we sharpen our phone skills up-front; rationales for tightening up intake and case conceptualization; decisions during preparation, safe place, resource development, assessment, desensitization, and later phases of the protocol; decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and decisions regarding time management and flexing a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged to sharpen their thinking about how they do EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying the most important "forks in the road" before and during treatment; be able to name at least one decision point pertaining to each of the Phases covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments. 8

Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves  Preparation Phase  Time Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

58. Kiessling, R. (2009, August). Demystifying the cognitive interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Frequently, clinicians perceive that the cognitive interweave stems from either a well-constructed table of ‘cause and effect’ criteria or is magically ‘conjured’ up by a wizardry clinician. This practical, down-to-earth, basic workshops will ‘demystify’ the cognitive interweave for all clinicians who have completed the Basic Training. Participants will understand the cognitive interweave and how it seamlessly integrates into the AIP model, how preparing for the cognitive interweave begins at intake and continues to develop throughout the client’s reprocessing, and how to utilize their own clinical ‘wizardry’ skills ‘on-the-fly’ when needed to assist clients in successfully reprocessing their traumatic experiences.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

59. Schad, N. J. (2011, März). Der soldat, das einstztrauma und EMDR: Spezielle aspekte der behandlung [The soldier, trauma and EMDR: Specific aspects of treatment]. EMDRIA-Day in Berlin, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Der Vortrag basiert auf den Erfahrungen einer psychologischen Psychotherapeutin in der Arbeit mit in Auslandseinsätzen traumatisierten deutschen Soldaten. Es werden sowohl die speziellen Stressoren im Einsatz als auch die charakterlichen Merkmale der Soldaten in der Patientenrolle sowie die notwendigen Fähigkeiten auf therapeutischer Seite ausgeführt. Auslösende und die PTBS aufrechterhaltende Bedingungen im Rahmen der Institution deutsche Bundeswehr sowie die daraus resultierenden Probleme und Vorteile werden benannt. Der Vortrag beschäftigt sich mit diversen Herausforderungen, die sich hier im Rahmen einer EMDR-Behandlung stellen wie etwa der Frage nach Schuld und Scham.

The talk is based on the experience of a psychological psychotherapist in working with traumatized German soldiers in missions abroad. There are both the specific stressors in the use of character and the characteristics of the soldiers in the patient role and the skills necessary to run therapeutic side. Triggering and sustaining conditions of PTSD within the institution German Bundeswehr and the resulting benefits and problems are identified. The lecture will deal with various challenges that arise here as part of an EMDR treatment such as the question of guilt and shame.

Keywords: German Bundeswehr  Soldier  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

60. Popky, A. J. (2005). DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 167-188). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing (DeTUR) model and the theories involved are based on experience from personal client observation and anecdotal reports received from other therapists using this same protocol. It is an eclectic model and combines many methodologies, including but not limited to cognitive-behavioral, solution-focused, Ericksonian hypnosis, narrative, object relations, and emotional freedom techniques (EFT), to name a few. The bilateral stimulation (BLS) in the accelerated information processing model of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) seems to form the catalyst for rapid processing and change, the turbocharger that speeds the healing process.This protocol represents only a small part of a complete treatment model. The therapist's role is that of a case manager, orchestrating any resources necessary to aid the patient through recovery and relapse to a successful and healthy state of functioning and coping. The therapist has to assess the severity of the addiction and also determine any other diagnosis associated with the case. This overall treatment model includes outside help, such as referrals for medication, testing for physical or neurological problems, and, depending on the situation, inpatient treatment, outpatient treatment, or detox. Other outside resources include support systems, such as 12-step groups, educational programs, skills training; couples, group, or family therapy; or acupuncture. Comorbidity issues, day-to-day stressors, and survival issues are addressed. An extremely high percentage of these populations are dually diagnosed and can therefore run the full dimensional spectrum of disorders and behaviors as described in the DSM-IV. [Text, pp. 167-168] [Pilots]

Keywords: Addiction  Addictions  Behavior Problems  Behavior Therapy  Bilateral Stimulation  Compulsions  Craving  Desensitization of Triggers  Dysfunctional Behaviors  Information Processing Model  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  Urge Reduction Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

61. Lovelle, C. (2008, February). Dialectical behavioral therapy and EMDR for adolescents in residential treatment: A practical and theoretical perspective. Residential Treatment For Children and Youth, 23(1&2), 27–43. doi:10.1300/J007v23n01_03.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
DBT and EMDR as primary treatment methods provide effective treatment for adolescents in the setting of group residential facilities. Regardless of the intensity of the pathology or the length of stay, these compatible treatment methods provide adolescents with significant decreases in the impact of traumatic memories and increased emotional regulation skills. The methods have been empirically supported as effective in a variety of settings and with a diversity of age groups. They are well suited for use in a residential environment and can constitute a powerful, effective method for dealing with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, Bipolar Disorder, Major Depression, Anxiety Disorders, Substance Abuse, and other disorders.

Keywords: Adolescent Residential Treatment  DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

62. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal- ~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology, information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory, mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of rational and experiential processing systems and others, which will be explored in the course of this workshop This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists, who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate their current ways of working. The specific learning objectives for this workshop are: 1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant to the work with trauma. 2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity. This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific (and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.

Keywords: Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

63. Nakahara, T., Nakahara, K., Uehara, M., Koyama, K., Li, K., Harada, T., Yasuhara, D., Taguchi, H., Kojima, S., Sagiyama, K., & Inui, A. (2007, May). Effect of juggling therapy on anxiety disorders in female patients. doi:doi:10.1186/1751-0759-1-10. BioPsychoSocial Medicine, 1(10), 1-4.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Aims: The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of juggling therapy for anxiety disorder patients. Design and Method: Subjects were 17 female outpatients who met the DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for anxiety disorders. Subjects were treated with standard psychotherapy, medication and counseling for 6 months. For the last 3 months of treatment, subjects were randomized into either a non-juggling group (n = 9) or a juggling therapy group (juggling group: n = 8). The juggling group gradually acquired juggling skills by practicing juggling beanbags (otedama in Japan) with both hands. The therapeutic effect was evaluated using scores of psychological testing (STAI: State and Trate Anxiety Inventry, POMS: Profile of Mood Status) and of ADL (FAI: Franchay Activity Index) collected before treatment, 3 months after treatment (before juggling therapy), and at the end of both treatments. Results: After 6 months, an analysis of variance revealed that scores on the state anxiety, trait anxiety subscales of STAI and tension-anxiety (T-A) score of POMS were significantly lower in the juggling group than in the non-juggling group (p < 0.01). Depression, anger-hostility scores of POMS were improved more than non-jugglers. In the juggling group, activity scores on the vigor subscale of POMS and FAI score were significantly higher than those in the non juggling group (p < 0.01). Other mood scores of POMS did not differ between the two groups. Conclusion: These findings suggest that juggling therapy may be effective for the treatment of anxiety disorders.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  Females  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

64. Colosetti, S. D. (1997). Effect of relaxation training alone and relaxation training paired with EMDR on incarcerated, battered women. University of Georgia, Athens, GA. AAT 9735499.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Every 15 seconds a woman is beaten in the U.S. Many of these women meet the criteria for a diagnosis of PTSD. Some of them end up in prison. This study used a sample of 5 battered women, incarcerated in a Southern state prison, to test the efficacy of EMDR following relaxation training. A-B-C designs were used to compare baseline assessment (Phase A), relaxation training utilizing Miller and Halpern's audiotaped instructions (Phase B), and EMDR (Phase C). A script of the worst memory of abuse was dictated by each woman during assessment and read by the researcher at the beginning of each session. The Beck Anxiety Inventory and Impact of Events Scale, measuring avoidant behaviors and intrusive thoughts, were given weekly, following the script. Client logs and measures of SUDS and VOC were taken during the EMDR phase only. A one-month follow-up was used. ANOVAs with repeated measures comparing 2 groups, E1 (n = 2) that received 3 weeks of relaxation training prior to EMDR and E2 (n = 3) that received 6 weeks of relaxation training prior to EMDR, were not statistically significant. Avoidant Behaviors scores approached significance for the main effect of treatment (F = .06) and for the group by phase interaction (F = .08). Due to intrasubject variability, blocking was used to identify trends. A distinct improvement was noted in Subject 2 -- Anxiety dropped from 36.5 to 8.0, Intrusive Thoughts 27.5 to 11.0, and Avoidant Behaviors 27.0 to 24.0. Individually graphed data and calculated mean scores by phase permit further investigation. Implications for future research include appropriate screening for dissociation and development of coping skills prior to EMDR, decreasing avoidance by having the woman read her script aloud prior to completing outcome measures, monitoring medication during treatment, continuing treatment as needed, using additional outcome measures, and employing a multi-baseline design across subjects, matching women on several demographic variables. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences. 58(6-A), Dec 1997, pp. 2392.

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Battery  Empirical Study Females  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Prison Inmates  PTSD  Relaxation Therapy  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

65. Mei, Y. (2005, June). The effect of stabilization in helping patients to regain security and control. In Psychotrauma and EMDR in China and Slovakia, Part 1. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Before using the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) to treat an undergraduate student who suffered from AIDS-Hypochondrias is (caused by a traumatic event), stabilization was applied on this patient. It was found that stabilization was very significant in helping the patient to regain security. control and self-management for his emotion. This result was strongly supported by results of two subsequent Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) undergraduate student patients. Moreover, compared to former Panic Attack cases. which were treated by using supportive skills? stabilization was found to be far more effective than supportive skills. It was profoundly effective in helping the patient to be empowered to manage their own emotions and to regain security and control.

Keywords: AIDS  China  Hypochondria  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

66. Kilgarriff, N. G. (2000). Effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and mindfulness meditation in the treatment of dysthymic disorder. Argosy University, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Keywords: Dysthymic Disorders Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

67. Johnson, M. D. (1996, June). Effects of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing on test anxiety. Texas Woman's University, Denton, TX. AAT 9716578.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced (Shapiro, 1989) as a treatment for traumatic memories. The necessity of eye movements or another activating stimuli in the treatment of test anxiety and the effectiveness of EMDR as a treatment for test anxiety is the focus of the present study. This study screened subjects for adequate study skills and the presence of test anxiety, and randomly assigned 45 subjects to one of three conditions: EMDR, EMDR with no activating stimuli (EMDR/NS; eyes closed), and a no treatment control group. The results of this study suggest that EMDR and EMDR/NS were equally effective in treating test anxiety and more effective than the control group as measured by the Achievement Anxiety Test, the Emotionality scale of the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI), the Subjective Units of Disturbance scale, and the Validity of Cognition scale. Test performance and the Worry Scale of the TAI were not significantly impacted by the treatment groups. The inability of EMDR to impact the worry scale or the test performance of subjects in this study draws into question the usefulness of EMDR as a treatment of test anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 57(12-B), Jun 1997, pp. 7730.

Keywords: Empirical Study  Test Anxiety  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

68. Farkas, L. (2008, December). The effects of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) - Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized adolescents with conduct problems. Universite de Montreal, Canada. AAT NR55659.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Objective.- This dissertation explored the effectiveness of a treatment package, Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) in combination with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This intervention was assessed in a sample of traumatized adolescents manifesting conduct problems (CPs) admitted to youth protective services. CP adolescents have been found to be particularly treatment-resistant and the treatments used with them often neglect to target the trauma that many of these youths have faced. Therefore, it seemed promising to implement a trauma-focused treatment with these youths that accounts for their resistance to treatment. MASTR-EMDR was studied with this population due to the favorable findings in the few studies assessing its use with high-risk populations. In addition to examining the effects of this treatment with CP youth exposed to various types of trauma, a particular focus was given to victims of sexual abuse (SA). This type of trauma seemed particularly suited for EMDR due to its circumscribed nature, which may be more easily worked through in this treatment that targets one trauma at a time.
Method.- Participants in the first study were 40 adolescents (ages 13-17) exhibiting CPs and exposed to trauma in youth protective services. A subsample (n = 30), consisting of victims of SA, was included in the second study. Participants in both studies were randomly assigned to MASTR-EMDR treatment or to a wait list condition where they were offered routine care. Self-report questionnaires and semi- structured interviews were administered to participants and one of their parents or caregivers by independent evaluators at three points in time: pre-treatment, post-treatment (12 weeks later) and follow-up (12 weeks after post-treatment). These measures evaluated trauma history, trauma-related sequelae, CPs, social competence and internalizing problems. The MASTR-EMDR sessions were administered once a week over a 12 week period, with each session lasting a maximum of 1.5 hours.
Results.- ANCOVAs and repeated measures ANCOVAs were used to assess treatment effects and the maintenance of gains at a 3-month follow-up. As predicted, MASTR-EMDR led to significant gains in outcome measures compared to routine treatment with both samples. In addition, gains were maintained at follow-up.
Conclusions.- This dissertation supports the use of MASTR-EMDR in populations exposed to general trauma and SA who exhibit CPs. This research was innovative in its implementation of a novel treatment-approach in youth protective services, where empirically-supported treatments are necessary and sometimes lacking. Therefore, the results have both clinical and scientific value and can help pave the way toward more trauma-focused treatments for CP youth, more evidence-based practices in youth protective services as well as enrich current understanding of the effects of this treatment approach.[Author Abstract]

Keywords: Conduct Problems  Protective Services  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  Trauma  Treatment Outcome  Youth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

69. Tripolt, R. (2012, June). EMDR in Motion. Using movement and body oriented therapeutic interweaves for complex trauma and dissociative symptoms [EMDR en movimiento. Usar el movimiento y la terapia orientada al cuerpo para traumas complejos y síntomas disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
"The Body Keeps the Score" (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996) Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid about disturbing and painful somatic symptoms. Structural dissociation alienates from body reactions. Nevertheless it is the body that "holds" the discomfort and painful memory of neglect and violence. Trauma Survivors tend to perceive their body as hostile. They suffer from Alexithymia deficiency of interpreting the meaning of body reactions and muscle activation. Trauma Survivors are easily irritated and tend to react with rage on very slight provocations and freeze when they are frustrated. Even minor problems cause fear and helplessness. The Polyvagal Theory (S. Porges 2010) proves the neurological aspect of behavioral patterns. Neurozeption describes how we perceive others in a neurological way. Certain behavioral patterns are established through life experiences. This research underlines Francine Shapiros AIP model and confirms the importance of a body orientated approach. We know that experiencing the effect of eye movement -­‐ and other bilateral stimulation, is a gentle and powerful way to bring the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. EMDR helps to integrate cognitive, emotional and body sensations. Using movement and body orientated skills in difficult processes f.e. with severely and/or early traumatised clients, even enhances the effect of EMDR. Content of the Workshop: Short theoretical implications: Polyvagal Theory and AIP Model. Stabilisation and Movement -­‐ creating a „Moving Container“: How to create a safe place of relationship and attachment between the client and the therapist by using movement and bodywork? The body is the most powerful resource: How to use movement to access this power. How to recognize and dissolve dissociation by body and movement awareness. EMDR Process and Movement : How to widen the „window of tolerance“ by using movement and deeper levels of body consciousness. Adding a fourth level of attention to the EMDR process: cognition -­‐ emotion -­‐ body scan -­‐ movement. Movement and reflex feedback as interweave technique in difficult processes. Methods used in the Workshop: Lecture and Video Presentation. Practical demonstration of some movement orientated techniques. Discussion.

“El cuerpo lleva la cuenta” (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996), los clientes que sufren de estrés traumático tienen a menudo miedo sobre sus síntomas somáticos preocupantes y dolorosos. La disociación estructural aliena las reacciones del cuerpo, sin embargo es el cuerpo el que “mantiene” el disconfort y el recuerdo doloroso de negligencia y violencia. Los supervivientes a un trauma suelen tender a percibir su propio cuerpo como hostil. Sufren de Alexitimia, deficiencias para interpretar las señales corporales y la activación muscular. Son fácilmente irritables y tienden a reaccionar con ira, con leves provocaciones y se “congelan” cuando están frustrados. Incluso problemas de fuerza menor causan miedo y desesperanza. La teoría polivagal (S. Porges 2010) prueba el aspecto neurológico de los patrones de comportamiento. La neurocepción describe cómo percibimos a los otros desde un punto de vista neurológico. Ciertos patrones de comportamiento están establecidos a través de las experiencias vitales. Esta investigación se basa en el modelo SPIA de Francine Shapiro y confirma la importancia del enfoque orientado al cuerpo. Sabemos que al experimentar el efecto de la estimulación ocular, y otras estimulaciones bilaterales, es un camino poderoso y suave para traer la voz del cuerpo dentro del espacio terapéutico. EMDR facilita la integración cognitiva emocional y corporal. Usar el movimiento y las habilidades orientadas al cuerpo en los procesos difíciles con clientes traumatizados, severamente o tempranamente, incluso amplifica el efecto terapéutico del EMDR Contenido del taller: Implicaciones teóricas: Teoría Polivagal y modelo SPIA Estabilización y movimiento – Crear un “recipiente de movimiento” Cómo crear un lugar seguro en relación al apego entre el cliente y el terapeuta usando movimiento y trabajo corporal. El cuerpo es el recurso más poderoso: Cómo usar el movimiento para acceder a este poder. Cómo reconocer y disolver la disociación en el cuerpo y la atención al movimiento. Procesamiento EMDR y movimiento: Cómo ampliar la "ventana de tolerancia" mediante el uso de movimientos y niveles más profundos de la conciencia del cuerpo. Añadir un 4 nivel de atención al procesamiento de EMDR: Cognición-­‐Emoción-­‐ Escáner corporal-­‐movimiento.

Keywords: Body Oriented Therapeutic Interweaves  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

70. Veerbeek, V. (2010, April). EMDR als onderdeel forensische behandeling van ernstig gewelddadig gedrag: Vreemde eend in de bijt? [EMDR as part forensic examination of serious violent behavior: Odd man out?]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Op ernstig geweld, zeker met fatale afloop, wordt door de maatschappij doorgaans geschokt gereageerd en is het resultaat van berechting vooral “leedtoevoeging” in de vorm van lange gevangenisstraffen. De behandeling in de gevangenis of op een forensische polikliniek staat overwegend in het teken van het nemen van verantwoording voor het gewelddadig gedrag en het aanleren van agressieregulatievaardigheden. Wanneer de cliënt zich als slachtoffer opstelt, roept dit bij de therapeut irritatie op; de cliënt merkt dit, neemt nog meer afstand van de therapeut, hetgeen vervolgens weer machteloosheid, veroordeling en boosheid oproept bij de therapeut. De cliënt als slachtoffer is taboe. In dat licht wordt door collega’s weleens met de nodige scepsis aangekeken tegen EMDR-behandeling van cliënten met ernstig gewelddadig gedrag. In deze workshop komen allereerst de vooroordelen van de therapeut zelf tegen de cliënt en de vooroordelen van de collega’s tegen traumaverwerking bij ernstig gewelddadige cliënten aan bod. Deze vooroordelen staan goede diagnostiek en een goede therapeutische relatie in de weg. Gepropageerd wordt om “neutraal” en grondig onderzoek te doen, net als bij een vliegtuigcrash. Aan de hand van casuïstiek komen enkele sleutelvragen aan bod, die in het zoekproces en de casusconceptualisatie van groot belang zijn. Wanneer onverwerkte ervaringen vanuit het verleden een rol spelen bij (de mate van) agressie, zullen deze ervaringen middels EMDR bewerkt dienen te worden. Hoe groter de vroeger ervaren machteloosheid en vernedering, hoe groter de kans dat de huidig ervaren agressieve lading niet zal verminderen met uitsluitend agressieregulatietherapie. Geïllustreerd wordt hoe EMDR, al of niet met recripting als CI, daarnaast een rol kan spelen bij actuele wraak-drang en wraakgedachten. Videomateriaal wordt ter illustratie gebruikt. Stil wordt gestaan bij de waarde van het inoefenen van de veilige plek en hoe agitatie in en buiten de therapiezitting hierdoor snel kan verminderen. Tot slot zal worden ingegaan op het experimenteel gebruik van EMDR als hulpmiddel bij delictanalyse – en delictverwerking, onder meer bij een cliënt die zijn kind ombracht. Bij huiselijk geweld is meer dan eens sprake van een lange opmaat tot het delict, waarbij een opstapeling van door de cliënt als vernedering ervaren incidenten (waarbij al of niet vroegere ervaringen worden getriggerd) kan leiden tot excessief en soms fataal geweld. Het middels EMDR “linksom” bewerken van deze “opmaat”-ervaringen, gevolgd door het middels EMDR doorwerken van het delict zelf, kunnen leiden tot het werkelijk voelen en nemen van de eigen verantwoordelijkheid, bieden een heldere inkijk in de emotionele dynamiek van de cliënt ten tijde van het plegen van het delict en bieden derhalve belangrijke aangrijpingspunten voor een gedetailleerd terugvalpreventieplan.

On serious violence, especially fatal, is usually shocked by the company responded and is mainly the result of trial "added suffering" in the form of long prison sentences. The treatment in prison or a forensic clinic is mainly devoted to taking responsibility for violent behavior and learning of aggression control skills. If the client is a victim accounts, the therapist calls this irritation, the client notes it, takes more from the therapist, which in turn helplessness, anger and condemnation by calling the therapist. The client as a victim is taboo. In that light by colleagues ever looked with skepticism at EMDR treatment of clients with serious violent behavior. In this workshop, first, the prejudices of the therapist himself against the client and the prejudices of colleagues from trauma in severely violent clients addressed. These prejudices are good diagnosis and a good therapeutic relationship in the road. Propagated to "neutral" and thorough research, as in a plane crash. Using case studies reveal some key questions addressed, in the search process and casusconceptualisatie of great importance. When unprocessed experiences from the past play a role (level of) aggression, these experiences need to be modified through EMDR. The greater the past experience powerlessness and humiliation, the more likely that the current load experienced aggressive not only will reduce aggression regulation therapy. Illustrated how EMDR, with or without recripting as CI, also play a role in current-craving revenge and revenge. Video material will be used for illustration. Silence is paid to the value of practicing safe and how the agitation inside and outside the therapy session this rapid decrease. Finally, consider the experimental use of EMDR as a tool for crime analysis - and crime scene processing, including in a client that his child killed. In domestic violence more than once been a long prelude to the offense, with an accumulation of humiliation experienced by the client as incidents (with or without previous experience are triggered) can lead to excessive and sometimes lethal force. It means EMDR "left" edit this "overture" experience, followed by using EMDR to work on the crime itself, can lead to really feel and take personal responsibility, provide a clear insight into the emotional dynamics of the client at the time of committing the offense and therefore provide important leads for a detailed relapse prevention plan.

Keywords: Forensic Examination  Violent Behavior  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

71. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). EMDR and adaptive information processing theory: A comprehensive approach to child psychotherapy. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, (1), 12-15.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the chapter will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

72. Omaha, J. (2004, June). EMDR and affect centered therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Aim: This presentation will describe the integration of principles of emotion regulation into EMDR therapy for a range of disorders. Population: All ages; mostly Axis I and II disorders. Learning objectives: 1) to describe the development of emotion regulation beginning in the context of the attachment and continuing through adolescence; 2) to describe the origin of emotion dysregulation and psychopathology in deficit experience adversity, and trauma; 3) to describe a protocol, Affect Management Skills Training (AMST), that remediates failures of emotion regulation; 4) to describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy by providing for containment, safety, emotion regulation, improved left-right hemisphere integration, and remediation of attachment deficits; 5) to describe integration of MAST into EMDR therapies for substance abuse and eating disorders. Abstract: The workshop will summarize the principal affective developments that occur from birth through age four. These include fulfillment of yearning affect, facial imprinting, gaze transaction, stimulation of positive affect, and provision of optimal disapproval-shame experiences. The qualities of the child of “good enough” parenting are described. Developmental failures and their consequences for affect regulation and psychopathology will be described. These include: (1) avoidant attachment leading to problems of anger management, to depression, and development of narcissistic features; (2) anxious-ambivalent attachment leading to development of anxiety-related disorders and borderline features; (3) failure to elicit optimal positive affects leading to impaired vitality across the life span and depression; (4) socialization of the senior toddler with anger, leading to problems with anger expression, or with disgust, leading to problems with shame, impaired self-worth, and defective self-efficacy. Adversity (raised by a single parent, witness to spousal abuse, divorce, substance abuse in the home) and trauma (psychological, physical, and/or sexual abuse) occurring during latency and adolescence will be shown to exacerbate difficulties with emotional regulation.
The seven basic skills of the AMST protocol will be described. These skills provide for regocnition, tolerance, and regulation of both positive and negative emtoins. They include containment, safe place, sensation-affect recognition, sensation-as-signal, grounded and present, noticing, and regulation.
The workshop will describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy and for EMDR by teaching the client to regulate emotion prior to it elicitation in therapy, by improving hemispheric integration, and by correcting deficits in the attachment.
The workshop concludes by describing how MAST is integrated into EMDR therapy for substance abuse disorders (alcohol, drugs, nicotine) and eating disorders.

Keywords: Affect Centered Therapy  Affect Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

73. Ostacoli, L. & Bertino, G. (2010, June). EMDR and drawing: A tool to integrate post-traumatic dissociation and overwhelming emotions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The difficulty of the management of overwhelming emotions aid dissociative reactions are challenging for any EMUR therapist dealing with complex traumas. As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to The inner representations of the trauma, objectivizing it Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of Impotence and passivity The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us t0 access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pan by objectivizing . A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering. p i n g a voice to the inner child. The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self's here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented Image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patent is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerge5 that may be installed as a resource. The report presents the use of the tool in various psychopathological conditions, with the support of video and graphic materials, particularly focusing on how to manage dissociation. Learning objectives: 1.To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases. 2. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol. 3. to learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states. The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitizing and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.

Keywords: Dissociation  Drawing  Emotion  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

74. Stowasser, J. E. (2007). EMDR and family therapy in the treatment of domestic violence. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 243-261). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Domestic violence (DV) has been defined as a pattern of verbal and physical behavior intended to control another person in an existing, former, or desired intimate relationship (Walker, 1979). Although DV is not confined to heterosexual unions or to males as abusers, this chapter focuses on heterosexual males as offenders because 85% of DV is directed by men toward women (Rennison & Welchans, 2000). This chapter discusses integrating Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 1995, 2001) and Therapy of Social Action (TSA) in the treatment of couples with domestic violence issues. A case example is then presented. The concluding discussion asserts that TSA and EMDR appear to be a powerful combination for the treatment of DV. When used with carefully selected couples, EMDR and TSA can repair the damage caused to the victims, strengthen relationships, inhibit abuser and victim tendencies in children, eliminate posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), increase personal responsibility, develop nonviolent conflict resolution skills, and increase empathy for self and others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Domestic Violence  Family Therapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Therapy of Social Action  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

75. Standart, S., & Wood, C. (2011, October). EMDR and mindfullness. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A presentation of on a case series of complex Type II PTSD for early childhood and adult trauma with scores of 50+ on the Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES) and using a phased approach to EMDR with mindfulness practice prior to EMDR. Descriptions of mindfulness practice and EMDR protocol use with outcome measure on the DES, Impact of Events Scale score (IES-R) and a depression Inventory will be presented Global outcomes such as occupational and social functioning will also be described for these clients. Working with clients with complex trauma and marked dissociation and how to develop a timely phased protocol for these difficult to engage clients. (Author abstract)

Keywords: Mindfulness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

76. van den Hout, M. A., Engelhard, I. M., Beetsma, D., Slofstra, C., Hornsveld, H., Houtveen, J., & Leer, A. (2011, December). EMDR and mindfulness. Eye movements and attentional breathing tax working memory and reduce vividness and emotionality of aversive ideation. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 42(4), 423-431, doi:10.1016/j.jbtep.2011.03.004.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Methods. Working memory taxation by EM and AB was assessed in healthy volunteers by slowing down of reaction times. In a later session, participants retrieved negative memories during recall only, recall + EM and recall + AB (study 1). Under improved conditions the study was replicated (study 2). Results. In both studies and to the same degree, attentional breathing and eye movements taxed working memory. Both interventions reduced emotionality of memory in study 1 but not in study 2 and reduced vividness in study 2 but not in study 1. Limitations. EMDR is more than EM and MBCT is more than AB. Memory effects were assessed by self reports. Conclusions. EMDR and MBCT may (partly) derive their beneficial effects from taxing working memory during recall of negative ideation

Keywords: Attentional Breathing  Mindfulness  Working Memory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

77. Allon, M. (2004, June). EMDR and right-left brain stimulation. Poster presented at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will present and demonstrate my clinical observations, that clients while talking or working on their issues will sometime lean their heads toward the right or the left shoulder. People with their heads to the left will tend to report thoughts, while those with their heads to the right will tend to report images and emotions. In therapy, utilizing EMDR when clients have leaned their heads to one side, I have tended to reinforce the side they put their head to, utilizing eye movements in a diagonal direction, corresponding to the direction the head was learning. That is. If the person learned their head to the left, I would move my hand from their upper left side to their lower right side, and opposite if their heads leaned to the right. The outcome of these diagonal eye movements was that it tended to evoke cognitions when the head leaned to the left or images when the head learned to the right. Client who come to therapy requesting help concerning fears, tend to lean their heads to the rights, corresponding with imagery and imagination of the right hemisphere and may lack the cognitive, logical thinking skills (left hemisphere) to counter their fears. With these clients, when the SUDS do not drop significantly, I will tend to do body-cognitive interweave. I request that the client lean their head on the left and work over and over with cirrsponding sets of diangonal eye movmenets. The left hemisphere of the brain is thus stimulated and logical thinking (PC) is enhanced. This helps to counter and balance out the negative images, and the fear decreased.
Through care histories and examples, I would like to accomplish the following objectives: 1) to make the participants more aware of body language and it its significance in therapy; 2) to examine the differences between the right and left hemispheres of the brain and their relationship to therapy with EMDR; and 3) to introduce and demonstrate a body-cognitive interweave in EMDR therapy with client s who request help with fears.

Keywords: Body-Cognitive Interweave  Left-Right Brain  Hemispheres of the Brain  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

78. Browning, S. (2008, October). EMDR and self soothing. Presentation at the 1st annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, York, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A brief review of what is happening as a physiological neurobiological level and then looking at self soothing techniques to stabilise and strengthen client's resources to tolerate EMDR processing of the trauma. Mindfulness and other techniques demonstrated and explored in a group setting. Be prepared to try it yourself!

Keywords: Self Soothing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

79. Nadel, B. (2009, April 18). EMDR and somatic experiencing: A body-expansive integration. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will explore EMDR and Somatic Experiencing as different paradigms for trauma resolution. It will then demonstrate that the two modalities overlap in several ways thar can facilitate a powerful integration that enhances the effectiveness of EMDR. Participants will gain somatic tools for application to their own EMDR work. They will learn how these somatic skills can deepen the Safe Place; Sensation and the Body Scan in the 8-phase Protocol.

Keywords: Somatic Experiencing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

80. Sabey, A. (2011, October). EMDR and strengthening children's emotional resilience. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop explores the assessment and development of emotional resilience within children. Case examples are used to demonstrate how EMDR may be integrated into child-centred therapy sessions, helping children to find ways to manage strong emotions, gain emotional literacy, fully utilise social networks and develop a toolbox of skills and resources. The resilience of the parent/carer, and that of the therapist is considered. The importance of attunement and collaboration within the therapeutic relationship is highlighted. (Author abstract)

Keywords: Children  Emotional Resilience  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

81. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2002, June). EMDR and TANF recipients: Effective home-based interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As a result of domestic violence many women who receive Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF) develop PTSD and other anxiety disorders. Participants in this workshop will: 1) be able to summarize the components of a home-based model of EMDR that helps TANF recipients resolve domestic abuse and reduce barriers to employment; 2) evaluate the advantages of using EMDR in a strength based, solution oriented, capitated, home-based model; and 3) via a powerpoint presentation and videos, identify five specific skills that support the successful use of EMDR in home-based settings.

Keywords: Home-based Interventions  Needy Families  TANF  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

82. McGuinness, D. P., & Charest, L. (2003, September). EMDR and the integrated diagnostic treatment of somatic complaints. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is designed to prepare clinicians to utilize EMDR in an integrated diagnostic approach with medical professionals for clients with somatic complaints. Participants will learn to explain the principles of emotional pain manifesting itself in physical symptoms and the use of EMDR to facilitate a breakthrough in the patient's overall treatment. Participants will practice a working protocol for treating somatic complaints with EMDR. Participants will also learn cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the movement of somatic complaints. Participants will have the opponunity to practice these skills in small groups.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Somatic Complaints  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

83. Marquis, P. (2007, June). EMDR and the treatment of anxiety disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Marquis will present on the treatment of Anxiety Disorders using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This treatment is based on clinical research and practice, integrating Anxiety Disorder treatments such as interceptive exposure, psych-education, mindfulness, relaxation training, breathing retraining, cognitive techniques and exposure and response prevention with EMDR. The diagnosis of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, Hoarding, Trichotillomonia, Skin Picking, Panic Disorder, Social Anxiety Disorders, Phobias, Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Somatization Disorder and their interaction with underlying PSTD will be discussed and standard EMDR treatment protocols presented. This will be presented in context of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. Theoretical models will be presented. This treatment integrates the use of future template and behavioral feedback for success of anxiety treatment. Participants will learn how to specify EMDR targets for rapid symptom reduction and how clients scan integrate self-use of bilateral stimulation to increase treatment results. Case examples will be presented. Participants will be encouraged to discuss and receive feedback on anxiety cases of their own. Cross-cultural applications and understanding will be explored. Dr. Marquis is the Anxiety Team Leader at Kaiser Hospital and has been practicing, teaching, and training EMDR internationally since 1991.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

84. Marquis, P., & Sprowls, C. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of anxiety disorders: Clinical applications using the anxiety protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Marquis and Dr. Sprowls will present on the treatment of Anxiety Disorders using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, (EMDR). This treatment is based on clinical research and practice, integrating Anxiety Disorder treatments such as interoceptive exposure, psycho-education, mindfulness, relaxation training, breathing retraining, cognitive techniques and exposure and response prevention with EMDR. Participants will learn how to specify EMDR targets for rapid symptom reduction and how clients can integrate self-use of bilateral stimulation to increase treatment results. Participants will be encouraged to discuss and receive feedback on anxiety cases of their own. Cross-cultural applications and understanding will be explored.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

85. Rogers, S. M. (2008, June). EMDR and the treatment of combat trauma. Keynote at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
From the first days of its development, EMDR was applied to those suffering from the trauma of war. As EMDR pioneers worked with this population, the unique features of resolving combat-related PTSD rapidly became clear. These features included not only the complexity of the symptoms, issues, and the involvement of other life experiences but included also the particular skills, knowledge, and attitudes needed of the clinician. In the area of research, while the population of survivors with warrelated PTSD steadily and unfortunately has grown, research has not kept pace. This has resulted not only in deficits of the scientific support for EMDR but has contributed to challenges to the use of EMDR with combat veterans.

Keywords: Combat  Keynote  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

86. Lendl, J. (2007, September). EMDR basics part II: The positive template. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Requisite for the workshop is Part I. Part II will include a historical review of the Positive Template in psychotherapy and sport. Preliminary research suggests that the Positive Template is useful before the installation phase to help maintain skills between sessions, encourage new skills, and practice ways to handle resistance between sessions. Shapiro’s latest trainings emphasize the Future Template to address avoidance, adaptation and actualization as the third prong and installation and reevaluation phases. Simulation videos will demonstrate the decision making process and the use of resources in the Future Template and the End Session Positive (ESP) Template. There will be supervised practica utilizing the Positive Template to complete processing of the Part I Touchstone Event.

Keywords: Positive Template  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

87. Leuning, E., & Mevissen, L. (2012, March). EMDR bij autisme spectrum stoornis en EMDR bij verstandelijke beperking, zoek de verschillen [Complex PTSD: Evaluation of treatment by patient and therapist - "You need not type during EMDR."]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Het herkennen van PTSS bij mensen met een stoornis in het autisme spectrum (ASS), of een verstandelijke beperking (VB) kan moeilijk zijn. Bij ASS, maar ook bij VB wordt de ontregeling vaak gezien als iets dat bij de stoornis hoort, en niet gekoppeld aan bijzondere ervaringen. De client zelf beschikt doorgaans over onvoldoende vaardigheden om te overzien dat zijn veranderde stemming/gedrag te maken heeft met een bepaalde gebeurtenis, en kan dit vervolgens doorgaans ook onvoldoende helder communiceren vanwege zijn beperkingen op dit gebied. Vanuit de literatuur is door diverse mensen aangegeven dat kinderen en jongeren met een stoornis in het autistisch spectrum een grotere kans hebben om getraumatiseerd te raken in verband met hun kwetsbaarheid en onvermogen om te communiceren. Dit geldt ook voor volwassenen met ASS en/of een verstandelijke beperking. PTSS wordt in deze beide groepen dan ook zelden onderkend. Wanneer PTSS wel onderkend wordt, is er nagenoeg niets geschreven over eventuele behandeling ervan bij de bovengenoemde doelgroepen. Als EMDR wordt toegepast bij mensen met een verstandelijke beperking wordt het protocol afgestemd op de ontwikkelingsleeftijd. Ook voor volwassenen met een VB wordt het protocol voor kinderen gebruikt. Als er dan nog stagnaties zijn in de EMDR behandeling is de kans groot dat er sprake is van comorbide problemen. ASS is zo'n veel voorkomende comorbide stoornis bij deze populatie: in ongeveer 50% van de gevallen gaat ASS samen gaat met een VB. In de workshop worden beelden getoond van verschillen tussen cliënten met ASS en cliënten met VB. Tevens wordt aandacht besteed aan het kiezen van de juiste afleidende stimulus bij cliënten met ASS. Daarnaast wordt een video getoond van een cliënt waar naar aanleiding van het verloop van de EMDR behandeling de diagnose wordt aangescherpt.

Recognizing PTSD in people with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), or an intellectual disability (VB) can be difficult. In ASD, but also in VB is the disruption often seen as something that belongs to the disorder, and not linked to specific experiences. The client will generally have insufficient skills to oversee his altered mood / behavior has to do with a certain event, and can then usually also lack clear communication because of its limitations in this area. From the literature by several people indicated that children and young people with autistic spectrum disorder are more likely to become traumatized because of their vulnerability and inability to communicate. This also applies to adults with ASD and / or intellectual disabilities. PTSD in these two groups therefore rarely recognized. When PTSD is recognized, there is almost nothing written about its possible treatment with the above target groups. If EMDR is used in people with intellectual disabilities is the protocol tailored to the developmental age. For adults with VB is the protocol used for children. If there are still blockages in the EMDR treatment is likely that there is comorbid problems. ASD is a common comorbid disorder in this population in about 50% of ASD cases coincides with a VB. In the workshop are shown images of differences between clients with ASD and clients with VB. Attention is also paid to choosing the right distracting stimulus in clients with ASD. In addition, a video display of a client, which as a result of the course of the treatment EMDR the diagnosis is tightened.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  C-PTSD  Complex PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

88. Forester, D. (2012, October). EMDR boot camp: An intensive refresher course. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This is an EMDR skills refresher course designed for clinicians who have not had the ability to practice EMDR. This course is perfect for the clinician who took some time off following EMDR Basic Training or would like some hands on practice to build technical competence. Build confidence through a review of the AIP model, the 8 phases and 3 prong approach followed by a guided practicum experience to build your proficiency. With EMDR Boot Camp you will get a personal, hands on experience that will activate your Adaptive Information Processing and allow you to practice EMDR with confidence.

Keywords: Refresher Course  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

89. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship, which this process provides. This procedure is particularly useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children, who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing. Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy, Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book. EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^ sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their skills in this useful resourcing approach. Learning objectives: Participants will be able to - Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders -List 15 possible sources of resource figures - List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. - Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves.

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing  Keynote  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

90. Lichti, J. (2005, September). The EMDR consultation process:  Findings & fine-tuning the future. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will review the development of EMDR consultation in order to improve future consultation practices. The differences and similarities between therapy, consultation and consultation-of-consultation will be highlighted. The literature on effective clinical supervision/consultation will be reviewed. New research on the practices of North American Approved Consultants will be presented. Current activities and innovation in EMDR consultation will be critiqued using case examples. All this information will be used to identify the knowledge and skills needed for competent consultation. Participants will then analyze their own practices using all the above information and discuss in small groups how they plan to improve their consultation services.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

91. Freitag, W., & Swan, S. (2011, August). EMDR consultation: Comprehensive review and new directions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is vital to the proper training and professional development of EMDR therapist. Effective consultation can aid in the development of highly competent EMDR therapists, which is always the goal. Although the general goals of consultation may seems clear; the purpose, role and implementation of consultation at the differing credential levels have caused confusion for many EMDRIA Approved Consultants (AC). This workshop will provide both comprehensive reviews of clinical and administrative issues of the four types of consultation conducted by Approved Consultants. The clinical review includes, but is not limited to, the level of competency, skills and capabilities that should be demonstrated at each credential level. The administrative review will include organizational strategies for effective evaluation and record-keeping, as well as the formal documentation requirements of EMDRIA.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

92. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, M.A. (2006, September). EMDR consultation: How to be the best you can be. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The functions of EMDRIA Approved Consultants include the provision of consultation and supervision. However, consultation is not the same as supervision. One of the areas of consultation is to provide guidance and training to applicants for EMDRIA Certification. There is support in the literature that EMDR works best in a therapeutic relationship, when fidelity to the method is maintained. This workshop will address ways to examine and assess the expectations of the consultants-in-training, such as skills with case conceptualization, knowledge and ability to implement the EMDR treatment method, and ablllty to assert that knowledge with confidence. This workshop hopes to build upon the skills that consultants already possess, refining and upgrading their competencies. It is hoped that it will assist EMDRIA-Certification Applicants and Consultants-in-Training in determining their needs for consultaton.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

93. Faretta, E. (2008, Novembre). EMDR e trattamento del disturbo di panico: Un protocollo specifico integrato [EMDR and the treatment of panic disorder: a specific protocol integrated]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Nell’ambito degli studi sulle possibilità terapeutiche offerte dall’impiego dell’EMDR in diverse patologie si sono evidenziate delle prospettive interessanti in relazione agli interventi sui disturbi di panico, in grado di fornire una possibilità di lavoro terapeutico globale e completo focalizzato non solo sulla condizione presente e quindi sulla gestione degli attacchi di panico, ma anche sulla comprensione dinamica di tale disturbo. Facendo riferimento alla letteratura e ai resoconti che hanno supportato l’efficacia del-l’EMDR per il trattamento del Disturbo d’Attacchi di Panico (Feske & Goldstein, 1997; Goldstein & Feske, 1994; Nadler, 1996; Shapiro & Forrest, 1997) e dalla analisi ed applicazione del protocollo Whisman, è stato messo a punto, attraverso la personale pratica clinica, un preciso protocollo integrato per il trattamento del disturbo di panico secondo l’approccio EMDR. Facendo riferimento a questi studi, l’ipotesi di intervento dalla quale sono partita è quella che si basa sulla considerazione che l’attacco di panico può rappresentare un evento traumatico di per sé e che quindi il lavoro clinico proposto, seguendo l’approccio EMDR, risulta efficace per desensibilizzare e rielaborare convinzioni, comportamenti, emozioni e sensazioni corporee legate alla paura fino a farle rientrare all’interno di un sistema di convinzioni più gestibile, in modo da permettere al paziente di affrontare le situazioni precedentemente temute e quindi evitate. In questo workshop vengono presentate le modalità di applicazione nel disturbo panico in relazione alle 8 fasi di lavoro dell’approccio EMDR, facendo riferimento ai casi clinici e quindi ad esperienze pratiche derivanti dal personale lavoro terapeutico. Da qui vengono fornite le linee per la strutturazione dello specifico piano di trattamento, secondo un protocollo di lavoro, appositamente elaborato, che conduce, passo dopo passo, all’applicazione del progetto terapeutico Il protocollo di lavoro presentato si focalizza sulla rielaborazione degli attacchi di panico e quindi sulla gestione della sintomatologia caratteristica di questo disturbo. Fornisce, inoltre, indicazioni per effettuare un’attenta anamnesi, che permetta al terapeuta di predisporre un adeguato piano di individuazione e di rielaborazione dei fattori precipitanti e delle esperienze traumatiche pregresse della storia personale del paziente sin dall’infanzia, che possono costituire la base emotiva sulla quale può instaurarsi, in particolari circostanze, la sintomatologia del DAP. Si tratta di eventi stressanti o traumatici del passato sui quali risulta indispensabile un lavoro di rielaborazione al fine di far emergere possibili capacità e comportamenti adattivi per realizzare azioni future adeguate.

As part of studies into the therapeutic possibilities offered by EMDR in various diseases appear to be any interesting perspectives in relation to work on problems panic, unable to provide an opportunity for therapeutic work focused global and comprehensive not only on the present condition and therefore on the management of panic attacks, but also on dynamic understanding of the disorder. Referring to the literature and the reports that have supported the efficacy of on-l'EMDR the treatment of Panic Disorder (FESK & Goldstein, 1997; FESK & Goldstein, 1994; Nadler, 1996, Shapiro & Forrest, 1997) and the analysis and application of the protocol Whisman, was developed through personal clinical practice, a precise protocol integrated treatment of panic disorder according to the EMDR approach. Referring to these studies, the possibility of intervention from which game is the one based on the consideration that the panic attack can be a traumatic event in itself and therefore the clinical work proposed, following the approach EMDR, is effective for desensitize and reprocess beliefs, behaviors, emotions and body sensations associated fear until they fall within a belief system more manageable, so allow the patient to deal with situations previously feared and avoided. In this workshop presents the detailed rules in panic disorder report at 8 phases of EMDR work of the approach, referring to clinical cases and then practical experiences arising from personal therapeutic work. From here, we provide the guidelines for the structuring of a specific treatment, according a working protocol, specially developed, which leads, step by step, application therapeutic project the protocol of work presented focuses on the recasting of panic attacks and then the management of symptoms characteristic of this disorder. Also provides instructions for making a careful medical history, which allows the therapist to prepare an adequate plan for the identification and revision of precipitating factors and past traumatic experiences of the patient's personal history from childhood, which may form the emotional basis on which it can establish, in certain circumstances, symptoms of CAD. It is stressful or traumatic events of the past on which it is essential work of reworking in order to identify possible skills and adaptive behaviors to achieve appropriate future action.

Keywords: Panic Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

94. Waters, F. S., & Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, November). EMDR for children with trauma and dissociation: Case conceptualization from stabilization to integration. Presentation at the 26th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This workshop initially will review the 8 phase EMDR protocol for implementation with severely traumatized and dissociative children and provide advanced skills utilizing the EMDR protocol with this population. The 8 phase EMDR protocol will be described. Therapeutic challenges for therapists in implementing this protocol with young children with complex trauma will be explored with recommendations for clinicians on how to provide efficacious treatment to children. Each phase of the protocol will be discussed identifying specific goals and specialized interventions presented with linguistic sensitivity to maintain adherence to the EMDR protocol with young children. Client History and Treatment Planning Phase, and the Preparation Phase of the EMDR Protocol will be detailed. The assessment of dissociation in young children will include recommendations for specific assessment tools. Stabilization skills for helping children address the phobic response to reprocessing traumatic events with mastery and resourcing while learning self-soothing and calming techniques will be demonstrated. Innovative and creative interventions integrating play and art therapy will be presented with child friendly language using the protocol sequence for effective treatment with children. In addition, adjustments to the EMDR protocol through the trauma processing phases, including integration, will be described and demonstrated with case presentations and videos. Creatively maneuvering these phases with children who display dissociative symptoms will be explored with recommendations for the successful implementation of the protocol throughout the healing process

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Children  Dissociation  Stabilization  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

95. Lievegoed, R. (2005, June). EMDR for mentally retarded people. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
After a short introduction concerning the special problems people with an intellectual handicap often have in their iives and the many forms of psychotrauma which arise for them in situations which are by others sometimes not experienced as traumatic, we'll show by means of case studies how the protocol can be adapted to the limited skills of people in this target group. We also refer to the adaptations of the protocol for young children. Participants will learn to see that EMDR can very well be applied for this target group and how they should proceed with the treatment. Our most important aim is that therapists can become motivated to also use EMDR for these people!

Keywords: Mental Retardation  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

96. Fizel, D., Shapiro, F., Borderson, G., & Frank-NcNeil, J. (1997). EMDR for trauma (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is an approach that combines elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although eye movement stimulation has garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions which are organized into eight phases of therapy. EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client's responses in the present. To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient's nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. The goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable. [Videorecording : DVD video 1 videodisc (53 min.) : sd., col. ; 4 3/4 in.]

Keywords: Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

97. Shapiro, R. (2010, September/October). EMDR for trauma-based, attachment-based, and endogenous depression. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR’s Protocol is a powerful intervention that can impact many kinds of depression. Participants will learn about Bessel van der Kolk’s research, other research and clinical experience to bring the EMDR Protocol to the treatment of trauma-based, attachment-based and endogenous depression and mood disorders. They will understand the etiology, assessment, and treatment for each kind of depression. They will take home EMDR skills to work with mood disorders and endogenous depression. The AIP is cited throughout. Other interventions, including ego-state and biological are described, when appropriate. The presentation is user-friendly, with interventions that can be implemented immediately.

Keywords: Attachment  Depression  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

98. Shapiro, F., & Broderson, G. (1997). EMDR for trauma: Eye movement desenitization and reprocessing. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a complex treatment approach that combines salient elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although the eye movement stimulation (and other forms of dual stimulation used in the approach) have garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions, which are organized into eight phases of therapy. Currently, 13 completed controlled studies of EMDR make it one of the most researched methods of psychotherapy used in the treatment of trauma. Its efficacy has been supported by these studies: the four most recent studies of victims who have suffered single traumas have demonstrated that after the equivalent of three 90-minute sessions, 84% to 90% of patients no longer have symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD; Rothbaum, 1997; Wilson, Becker, & Tinker, 1995).
EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client`s responses in the present. These experiences can be the "big T" traumas that result in PTSD or the "small t" traumas that are the ubiquitous experiences known to have a less dramatic but still negative impact on personality and behavior.
To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Conceptually, disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient`s nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information in an adaptive fashion so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively, and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. What is useless to adaptation, such as excess negative emotions, irrational self-assessments, and disturbing physical sensations, can be discarded.
Assessment is focused not on global diagnoses but rather on specific delineations of problematic behaviors, attitudes, and affects that need to be transmuted to allow for adaptive resolution of trauma or conflict. Specifically, the EMDR clinician asks, what is the patient being influenced by past experiences to do in the present that is dysfunctional and what is he or she prevented from doing that would be adaptive?
Although originally applied to PTSD, EMDR shows promise in a variety of clinical complaints that are based on earlier life experiences that underlie the pathology and current experiences and that restimulate the disturbance. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. In all cases, the goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable.
EMDR as an eight-phase intervention approach can be considered a complete treatment in some clinical cases, or it may be part of a more complex treatment plan that includes other more traditional approaches to treating a specific pathology (e.g., borderline personality disorder). Within this latter integrative context, EMDR appears to be useful for a broad range of clinical complaints and seems to provide more rapid achievement of positive treatment effects than do these more traditional approaches alone.
Dr. Shapiro identifies her approach as "eye movement desensitization and reprocessing." What does this imply to you? More specifically, what do you expect of her? Will Dr. Shapiro be active or passive? Will the session be structured or unstructured? Directive or nondirective? Will it focus on the past or on the present? Will the session focus on behaviors, on thoughts, or on feelings? What do you expect to be the relative balance between attention to technique versus the interpersonal interaction?

Keywords: Client  Francine Shapiro  Male  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

99. Paulsen, S. L. (1996, June). EMDR in executive coaching for leadership skills development and strategic visioning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Executive Coaching  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

100. Tripolt, R. (2010, June). EMDR in motion: Enhancing the effect of EMDR by using elements of movement therapy, dance and body orientated therapeutic interweave techniques. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
'The Body Keeps the Score' (Bessel van der. Kolk 1996). Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid of disturbing and painful symptoms. Structural Dissociation alienates from the body reactions. Clients tend to perceive the body as hostile. As we know from eye movement and other bilateral stimulations, using movement is a gentle and powerful way, to bring the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. To expand the movement and body orientated skills either in difficult processes for example in the therapeutic work with complex traumatised clients enhances the effect of EMDR. Content of the Workshop: How to install the body as resource where the EMDR process can 'take place'. How to dissolve dissociation by associating body and movement awareness. How to accelerate the desensitization process by leading into deeper levels of body consciousness. How to help the client to stay within the "window of tolerance" of vegetative arousal by using elements of movement and dance therapy.

Keywords: Body  Dance Therapy  Experimental Use  Movement Therapy  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

101. Klaff, F., & Dutton, P. (2000, September). EMDR in the playroom: Creative processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand the necessity of eliciting material from children in indirect, projective ways; 2) understand the meaning of "creative processing" in the EMDR context as a method of both accessing and treating children's problems where direct methods may fail to produce desired outcome; 3) learn specific skills which apply the EMDR method through the medium of fantasy, play, story, metaphor, sensory experience, and enactment; 4) learn how to apply the creative process to separate elements of the standard EMDR protocol, and to make adjustments appropriate to the age and developmental stage of the individual child; 5) observe direct use of EMDR creative processing techniques via case material and videotaped therapy sessions; and 6) recognize the importance of integrating family systemic issues into use of the techniques, as well as embedding the method into a total contextual treatment of the child.

Keywords: Children  Enactment  Fantasy  Metaphor  Play  Sensory Experience  Storytelling  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

102. Parnell, L. A. (2003, September). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method as well as additional skills to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include: 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development including the bridging technqiue; 3) modification of the standard EMDR procedural steps, 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) technqiues for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Adults  Children  Bridging Technique  Incomplete Sessions  Interweave Strategies  Resource Development  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

103. Parnell, L. A. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method, as well as additional skills, to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined, but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development, including the bridging technique; 3) modifications of thc standard EMDR procedural steps; 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) techniques for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Adults  Blocked Processing  Bridging  Children  Incomplete Sessions  Resource Installation  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

104. Fannin, J. L. (1998, July). EMDR in the treatment of anxiety as it pertains to work-related issues. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the components to the Reality Model and how each component impacts a person's behavior; 2) understand how specific measurement instruments can distinguish one's thinking and behavioral styles and in turn lead to the identification of one or more negative cognitions to be used in the EMDR process; and 3) learn key stratregies to making the EMDR process more effective in turning new skills into productive habits for the clients' daily life.

Keywords: Anxiety  Reality Model  Work-Related Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

105. Hamilton, C. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) increase their confidence in deciding how, when, and where to use EMDR in the context of long term therapy with dissociative disorders; 2) increase their skills in being able to structure safe and contained EMDR sessions with clients with dissociative disorders; 3) increase their ability to adapt the EMDR protocol to the specific needs of specific clients with dissociative disorders; and 4) increase their knowledge of both the potential risks and potential benefits of using EMDR with dissociative clients.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

106. de Roos, C., & Veenstra, S. (2009). EMDR pain control for current pain. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 537-557). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
It is estimated that approximately 30% of the population world-wide suffer from chronic pain. In this workshop you will learn how to use EMDR in order to treat patients who have specific forms of chronic pain e.g. phantom limb pain, whiplash and chronic differentiation pain. Theoretical information, practical instructions with demonstration videos of illustrative cases and exercises or role-playing to practise yourself will all be utilised. You will be provided with enough information and skills in order to be confident to start treating pain patients in your own clinical practice.
This workshop will provide you with the following information:
•relevant neurobiological information about chronic pain in order to determine whether a specific type of pain can be treated using EMDR
•the empirical status of the application of EMDR on pain and a short review of current research and literature
•how to motivate this difficult patient group to try EMDR
•how to conceptualise a case for EMDR, the indications and contraindications
•how to choose suitable targets with pain patients
•the use of the EMDR protocol in its specific application to pain patients and how to work with pain itself as a target
•complications you can expect and how to deal with these.
Aims:
•identify clients with chronic pain for whom EMDR may be appropriate
•increase knowledge and understanding of the use of EMDR in the treatment of chronic pain
•apply EMDR in the treatment of patients with chronic pain.
Target group:
EMDR trained therapists working with patients with chronic pain.

Keywords: Current Pain  Pain Control  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

107. Marquis, J., Nixon, S., & Greenwald, R. (1999, June). EMDR reduction of sexual and aggressive urges. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participant will: 1) become familiar with theoretical models of urge reduction that have proved effective; 2) learn how to use their skills in EMDR to implement these models; 3) learn other ways of employing EMDR with perpetrators; and 4) be able to disucss ideas for research in this much neglected area.

Keywords: Aggression  Perpetrators  Sexual Aggression  Symptom Reduction  Urge Reduction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

108. Shapiro, R. (2009). EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
A clear and comprehensive guide to using EMDR in clinical practice. This edited collection—a follow-up to Shapiro’s successful EMDR Solutions—presents step-by-step instructions for implementing EMDR approaches to treat a range of issues, written by leading EMDR practitioners. The how-to approach, mixed with ample clinical wisdom, will help clinicians excel when using EMDR to treat their clients. The units include: A comprehensive compendium of EMDR interventions for Depression, it begins with Robin Shapiro’s Assessment, Trauma-Based and Endogenous Depression chapters, continues with Jim Knipe’s Shame-Based Depression chapter, and ends with Shapiro’s Attachment-Based chapter. The eight chapters of the Eating Disorder unit cover all the bases. From etiology to neurology through Preparation phases and treatment strategies, you’ll learn how to work with Bulimia, Anorexia, Body Dysmorphia, Binge Eating Disorder, disorders of Desire and more. Andrew Seubert is the ring leader. The other writers are Janie Scholom, Linda Cooke, Celia Grand, DaLene Forester, Janet McGee, Catherine Lidov, and Judy Lightstone. Performance, Coaching, and Positive Psychology unit emphasizes strengths, skills, focus, and whatever gets in the way of reaching the goal. David Grand shares his foundational 15 Strategies for Performance enhancement. Ann Marie McKelvey integrates EMDR with Coaching and Positive Psychology. The Complex Trauma unit includes Katie O’Shea’s useful and user-friendly Preparation Methods and Early Trauma Protocol, Sandra Paulsen and Ulrich Lanius’s brilliant collaboration Integrating EMDR with Somatic and Ego State Interventions, Liz Massiah’s hair-raising Intrusive Images chapter, and Shapiro’s treatment strategies for OCPD. Robin Shapiro gives an overview of Medically-Based Trauma and her strategies for successful treatment of Multiple Chemical Sensitivities. Katherine Davis shows us how Post-Partum “Depression” is often treatable Post-Partum PTSD. Ronald Ricci and Cheryl Clayton tell us how to use EMDR in our work with Sex Offenders and their complete therapeutic milieu. Martha S. Jacobi develops our “third ear” for using EMDR with Religious and Spiritually-Attuned clients.

Keywords: Depression, Eating Disorders, Performance  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

109. Ralaus, D. (2005, June). EMDR training in a new country. In Psychotrauma and EMDR in China and Slovakia, Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Belgium, Brussels.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In Slovakia, as a country with socialist past, the problem of psychotraumatology was underestimated. Thanks to the Humanitarian Assistance Program-Europe (HAP], it was possible to bring the new knowledge and skills to this field. At the beginning there was the EMDR training in Germany for two psychiatrists from Slovakia, then the seminars and supervisions in Slovakia with mentors from HAP, which still continue. The result is 40 therapists with the training including Psychotraumatology in general and EMDR Level I and II.
This talk offers you the review of a history of bringing psychotraumatology and EMDR to our country, first results and feedback.

Keywords: China  Psychotrauma  Slovakia  Symposium  Training  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

110. Forgash, C. (2009, August). An EMDR treatment approach to addressing health problems of complex trauma survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: In this workshop, the EMDR clinician will learn how to deal with the effects of trauma, PTSD, illness, and chronic pain often suffered by complex trauma clients. Participants will understand how these issues interfere with access to healthcare and successful treatment. This workshop will demonstrate how to help the client avoid retraumatization in healthcare settings, by teaching interventions within the preparation phase for management of dissociation and affective problems, as well as PTSD symptoms. Clinicians will learn how to develop connections between present health problems (chronic illness, pain) and earlier trauma, to develop specific EMDR targets for reprocessing. This workshop will emphasize skills development and future template work.

Keywords: Health Problems  Trauma Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

111. Greenwald, R., Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., Lebeau, T., Farkas, L., Cyr, M., & Lemay, J. (2007, September). EMDR treatment for sex offenders, substance abusers, and youth in care. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This symposium presents data from treatment studies of (1) sex offenders, (2) mentally ill substance abusers, and (3) acting-out youth in care. These populations have in common low affect tolerance, severe problem behaviors, and involvement in “the system”. Each treatment used a population-specific phase model approach including motivational interviewing, skills training, and trauma resolution (EMDR). This trauma-informed phase treatment approach appears to represent an advance in helping these treatment-resistant populations. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the client characteristics and treatment approaches in common across studies.

Keywords: Sex Offenders  Substance Abusers  Symposium  Youth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

112. Mevissen, L., Lievegoed, R., & de Jongh, A. (2010, March). EMDR treatment in people with mild ID and PTSD: 4 cases. Psychiatric Quarterly, 82(1), 43-57. doi:10.1007/s11126-010-9147-x.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Although there is evidence to suggest that people with intellectual disabilities (ID) are likely to be more susceptible to the development of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) than persons in the general population, until now only eight case reports on the treatment of people with ID suffering from PTSD symptoms have been published. In an effort to enrich the literature on this subject, the aim was to investigate the applicability of an evidence-based treatment for PTSD (i.e., EMDR) in four people with mild ID, suffering from PTSD following various kinds of trauma. In all cases PTSD symptoms decreased and the gains were maintained at 3 months to 2.5 year follow-up. In addition, depressive symptoms and physical complaints subsided, and social and adaptive skills improved. It is concluded that clients' improvements converge to suggest the applicability of EMDR in people with mild ID. Difficulties involved in arriving at an accurate PTSD diagnosis in ID clients are discussed.

Keywords: ID  Intellectual Disabilities  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

113. Shapiro, F. (2002). EMDR treatment: Overview and integration. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 27-55). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
EMDR is not viewed as a panacea but rather as a comprehensive approach to be applied to experiential contributors of disorder and self-enhancement. The information-processing model that governs EMDR practice invites clinicians to view the overall client picture to identify the past events that contribute to the dysfunction, the present events that trigger disturbance, and the skills and internal resources that need to be incorporated for healthy and adaptive living in the future. The approach to the clinical picture is termed the adaptive information-processing model. It was previously termed the accelerated information-processing model because the rapid learning and transmutation of characteristics can take place without the time limitations accepted and imposed on the previous traditional therapies. [Text, p. 27]TOPICS TREATED: Eight phases of treatment (client history and planning; preparation; assessment; desensitization; installation; body scan; closure; re-evaluation); Adaptive information processing (mimicking spontaneous processing; case study); Future explorations

Keywords: Adults  Cognitive Therapy  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

114. Rouanzoin, C. (2011, August). EMDR update and refresher course. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is for any clinician who has received the Basic Training in EMDR through an EMDRIA-Approved Training. The workshop will review and update information on: AIP case conceptualization; the 8 phases of EMDR treatment; developing the Target Sequencing Plan; the three prongs of EMDR treatment; and the use of cognitive interweave for stuck processing. The participants will also have an opportunity to improve their skills in the use of Floatbacks and Affect Scans. A practicum experience will help further consolidate these concepts.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Case Conceptualization  Refresher  Update  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

115. [Kondo Chikako]. (2009, May). EMDR with a violent child at school: Collaborative treatment for an abused child who witnessed her mother's suicide. EMDR研究1（1）、34から43 [Japanese Journal of EMDR Research and Practice, 1(1), 34-43].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The junior high school girl in this case witnessed her mother's suicide at the age of four. She has been acting violently since she entered elementary school. One yearbefore the author met her, a consultation office for children intervened due to physical abuse by her father. Flashbacks and dissociation caused wrist cutting and panic. After a few EMDR sessions, wrist cutting, panic and PTSD symptoms disappeared. As she gained affect regulation skills, she gradually improved her interpersonal relationship and began to trust others. The consultation aclivities by a school counselor, namely the offering of psycho-educational information to the school, supporting teachers and improving teacher's psychological understandings about her, was also important in addition to individual treatment. The author discussed about the treatment of school children survivors who rarely visit mental or medical institutions.

Keywords: Child Abuse  Collaboration at School  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

116. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Children  Fidelity Study  Techniques  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

117. Silvestre, M., & Morris-Smith, J. (2010, July). EMDR with children and families. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During this practical skills gaining workshop using video examples of clinical material and theoretical presentation, we will talk about basic ideas of EMDR work with children, EMDR protocol adaptation according to the child developmental level, safety and attachment issues, family dynamics and integration with family therapy work. We will discuss case conceptualisation and treatment planning through video clips analysis. The participants will be invited to bring case material and questions during the course of the workshop.

Keywords: Children  Families  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

118. Paulsen, S. (2010, October). EMDR with dissociative clients: 17 secrets. Presentation at the 27th Annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Unmodified EMDR can harm dissociative clients if it prematurely breaches dissociative barriers overwhelming the client’s capacity and resources. Practitioners must screen for dissociation and use special procedures to safely use EMDR with these clients. The workshop will cover critical guidelines and techniques to pace and troubleshoot EMDR with dissociative clients within the phased treatment model, for clients ranging from DDNOS to DID. Assessment and stabilization are key to preparing clients for trauma work. The workshop offers methods to increase affect tolerance, establish a two-step containment habit, and orient personalities to person place and time. Other topics include: increasing tolerance of body sensation and affect, and enhancing compassion for self and others, directly working with introjects or other “monstrous” shame-laden parts, essential to reducing internal conflict and resistance to therapy. The workshop instructs in specific ego state strategies and imagery to provide sufficient resources, maintain an observing ego. Rooted in the hypnotic tradition, stabilization methods to pace and fractionate the work within EMDR while interspersing trauma work with sessions that consolidate gains. The workshop also describes the conference room method and means to trouble-shoot stuck processing. Finally, the workshop describes the final phases of therapy, skills building, integration and fusion.
Participants will be able to : ♦♦ explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation and choose an appropriate protocol. ♦♦ list six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients, to increase rapport, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources. ♦♦ structure EMDR sessions using imagery and ego state interventions for pacing, fractionating and trouble-shooting the work.

Keywords: Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

119. Wilcox, J. (1994). EMDR with panic disorder: Patients who inhibit anxiety reactions. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 9-10.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Introducing EMDR to panic disorder patients who have been educated in that reduce anxiety responses can pose some interesting challenges. Several patients who had been in therapy with me for a year or more had learned quite well the skills of using deep breathing, relaxation, and cognitive pattern interruption techniques to inhibit their anxiety reactions. I discovered how well they internalized these strategies as we began the EMDR in our attempts to clear the root causes of their panic disorder.

Keywords: Panic Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

120. Cooper, A. (1995, June). EMDR with victims of trauma:  Protecting your client, protecting yourself. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an innovative and rapidly expanding new, treatment technique. Therapists are provided with two weekends of intensive training and encouraged to obtain supervision and be active in peer consultation groups and networks, and work to refine their skills. It is uncertain what percentage follow through in this regard. Estimates of the numbers of people who are victims of sexual trauma in our society are staggering (one in 3 girls, one in seven boys). Research finds that approximately half the people who present for psychotherapy have some sexual trauma in their history. EMDR has been hailed as an important new technique in facilitating the treatment of those who have been sexually traumatized. With correct usage, EMDR can greatly facilitate the treatment. At the same time, sexual trauma is a complex and volatile issue and awkward, poorly timed, or overly simplistic usage of EMDR could potentially lead to adverse consequences for the patient and treatment. As with any therapeutic technique or paradigm it can only be as helpful as that of the overall treatment. In addition the mere usage of EMDR will have an impact on the therapy, as well as the therapeutic container, and therapists need to be cognizant of what that impact will be as well as to be sure that they know how to incorporate the patient reactions into the treatment in a positive way and not allow them to undermine, or otherwise detrimentally effect both patient and therapist primary therapy goals. Particularly in these times of increased litigation, malpractice suits, and professional grievances against therapists those professionals utilizing EMDR would be wise to be aware of the particular risks inherent in the patient population in which they work, as well as the inherent vulnerability of utilizing a newly developed technique. In treating sexual trauma many experts agree that the crucible of the therapeutic container- is whether the healing will occur if the therapist sucessfully deals with the challenges the patient will offer lip. Again how those utilizing EMDR negotiates those challenges may be he difference between a successful course of therapy and a disaster. Finally, working with sexual trauma is an emotionally, intellectually, and sometimes physically demanding undertaking. Many therapists do not fully realize or acknowledge the toll that this type of work exacts and may be blind to the countertransferentia1 responses which arise and how they are communicated to the patient. In this workshop we will first reveal, some of the current thinking on the primary treatment issues (and obstacles) in therapy with victims of sexual trauma. We will then examine how and when is the most propitious time to use EMDR with this population and what reactions patients are likely to have to this type of intervention. Specific ways that EMDR and its implementation may activate certain issues in sexual trauma victims be elucidated as well as strategies for addressing those issues. Finally participants will engage in a series of experiential exercises designed to heighten their awareness of their own personal reactions and feelings (i.e., countertransference) to working with the intensity of sexual trauma. Once again these potential reactions will be linked to more or less effective usage of EMDR.

Keywords: Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

121. Bertino, G., & Ostacoli, L. (2011, June). EMDR-drawing integration in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe organic diseases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to the inner representations of the trauma, objectivising it. Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify. In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of impotence and passivity. The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us to access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pain by objectivising it. A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering. The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self’s here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patient is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerges that may be installed as a resource. The workshop focuses on the treatment of two clinical conditions, complex PTSD and severe medical diseases, with the support of video and graphic materials. It includes a practical experience of the Technique Learning objectives: To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol. To learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states and severe medical diseases. The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitising and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.

Keywords: Drawing Integration  Organic Disease  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex-PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

122. Greenwald, R. (2007, October). EMDR: Within a phase model of trauma-informed treatment. New York: Haworth Press. ix, 255 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Trauma is a potential source of most types of emotional or behavioral problems. Extensive research has shown EMDR to be an effective and efficient trauma treatment. EMDR Within a Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment offers mental health professionals an accessible plain-language guide to this popular and successful method. The book also introduces the “Fairy Tale Model” as a way to understand and remember the essential phases of treatment and the tasks in each phase. This manual teaches a clear rationale and a systematic approach to trauma-informed treatment, including often-neglected elements of treatment that are essential to preparing clients for EMDR. The reader is led step by step through the treatment process, with scripted hands-on exercises to learn each skill. In addition to presenting the fundamental EMDR procedures, EMDR Within a Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment teaches a treatment system that can be applied to a variety of cases. Using research-supported and proven-effective methods, this book takes you through the treatment process with easily-understood dialogues and examples. Explicitly guided exercises produce hands-on skills and familiarize you with ways to explain trauma to clients and prepare them for EMDR. You will also learn to problem-solve challenging cases using the trauma framework.

Keywords: Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

123. D‘Hooghe, D. (2010, June). EMDR‘s application in the treatment of children with selective mutism. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This case concerns a 4,5 year old girl with Selective Mutism. In this particular case. I considered Selective Mutism a symptom of an attachment trauma. Since the trauma wasn't accessible seeing her age and the complexity of the trauma, I used the symptom as a target. I applied EMDR within a phase model: the preparation phase, confrontation phase and integration phase. During these three phases I continuously worked with bilateral stimulation It is my hypothesis that in this case the bilateral stimulation: 1. stimulated and strengthened positive links in the adaptive network. 2 synchronized the activity of both cerebral hemispheres, resulting in a connection between the primary emotions of traumatic experiences and rational insights and language. 3. unblocked the traumatic information and reactivated the natural healing process of the brain. I used several forms of bilateral stimulation as visual stimulation, tactile stimulation and the butterfly hug. Because of her lack of words, she wasn't able to tell me anything. So through storytelling I offered her different themes to which she could respond by making drawings, figures in clay, etc. During the preparation phase, I focused on safety, ego strengthening and affect management to reduce the fear to speak. 1. Working with safety : the eye movements were first accomplished using a safe Image which brought up her own sense of security. Then, after imagining this safe place, the child was willing to play tapping games to strengthen feelings of safety. 2. Ego strengthening : to feel as strong as possible by installing resources and positive cognitions, and guiding the child towards acceptance and development of its unique being. Bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the positive experiences. 3. Affect management: in the process of strengthening affect management, the child was given access to her anxiety by storytelling linked to visualization, the use of images and bodywork. Again, bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the positive experiences/skills. After a few sessions. I introduced the use of language and stimulated her to make sounds, followed by pronouncing places of words and finally the pronunciation of complete words and sentences. Through this whole process, 1 combined the specific exercises to learn how to speak with bilateral stimulations. During the twelfth session, the child started talking spontaneously Given the fact that there wasn't any direct confrontation work during the sessions, we are left to wonder whether there has or hasn't occurred any trauma processing. The symptom came to a halt, together with the disappearance of other symptoms that were Inked to the trauma. The question is whether it is necessary to confront young children with their trauma in order to heal. Nevertheless, it seems like the combination of bilateral stimulation with storytelling, art therapy, play therapy and visualization speeded up the elimination of the child's trauma symptoms considerably.

Keywords: Experimental Use  Selective Mutism  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

124. Corrigan, F. M. (2005, June). Emoting mindfullness drives reprocessing:  Clinical and functional MRI observations. In Research issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is proposed that enhanced mindfulness of emotions is a key factor in successful reprocessing of traumatic memories with EMDR. Clinical experience of utilising this focus will be presented. An attempt to study the hypothesis using functional magnetic resonance imaging will be described.

Keywords: MRI  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

125. Corrigan, F. (2007, March). Emotions, mindfulness, defence responses: A ventromedial shift hypothesis on the mechanism of action of EMDR. Symposium at the 5th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Glasgow, Scotland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Mechanism of Action  Mindfulness  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

126. Ogden, P. (2004, September). Empowering the body:  Somatic awareness and physical action in the treatment of trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The repetitive traumatic patterns our clients come to us to change are not only psychological but somatic, clearly reflected in posture, energy level, movement, regulation of arousal and other physical attributes. Changing these patterns cannot be accomplished by insight alone. The procedural memory that keeps such behaviors and dissociative patterns in in place must be addressed. A body-oriented approach is indicated that facilitates new actions and addresses dissociative symptoms, including somaticcomponents of traumatic memories (e.g., pain, analgesia, and motor inhibitions) and avoidance-related symptoms such as bodily anesthesia. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy emphasizes practicing new actions and building other somatic resouces to mitigate symptoms and develop a somatic sense of self. In this workshop, somatic interventions that can be integrated into existing clinical skills will be taught and illustrated through excerpts of videotaped therapy sessions and brief experiential exercises.

Keywords: Dissociation  Somatism  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

127. Ferrell, D. (2013, May). Enhancing EMDR clinical supervision skills for EMDR accredited vonsultants. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the last 20 years EMDR has progressed from that of a technique to a psychotherapeutic method. Yet the format of EMDR trainings remains fairly short in duration. This workshop will outline some of the research findings from a Delphi study that were carried out with an international group of EMDR Consultants which explored four areas: 1. EMDR Protocol 2. Teaching & Learning of EMDR 3. EMDR Research & Development 4. Professional Standing of EMDR The implications of the research findings will be discussed in relation to ‘core characteristics’ of the EMDR Consultant and will utilise a model of clinical supervision as a framework for ascertaining EMDR clinical skills and competency. Learning objectives: • Critically consider the current teaching and learning of EMDR • Integrate the core aspects from a Delphi study which explores aspects around EMDR practice, development and clinical governance • Evaluate the key components of EMDR Consultants with particular reference to EMDR clinical supervision and Consultation

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

128. Foster, S. (2008, June). Enhancing EMDR resource installation with techniques from positive psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The field of positive psychology is emerging as a specialty area within psychology. As such, it has much to offer us as clinicians and those of us who have been involved in peak performance work. This workshop provides the participants with immediately usable techniques that can enhance their existing resource work with clients. There is a well established empirical basis for the efficacy of the techniques presented, very much in keeping with EMDR’s scientific roots. This workshop is the first effort (originally conducted in 2003 at the EMDRIA Conference) 20 to integrate into EMDR Peak Performance work specific techniques from positive psychology, the emerging science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhanced by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints, it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that includes a mini practicum, participants will be able to: 1-describe the key differences between the Peak and basic protocols, 2-help clients develop ‘Peak’ resources, 3-begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients, 4-summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts, 5-pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography

Keywords: Postive Psychology  Resource Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

129. Keller, M. (2010, July). Enhancing EMDR with mindfulness skills. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
“Enhancing EMDR with Mindfulness Skills” 1. Introduction and overview of the evolution of mindfulness practice. 2. Current uses of mindfulness in clinical practice. 3. Summary of research. 4. Similarities between mindfulness and EMDR: a. Just noticing, b. “Go with that”, c. Becoming less reactive to mental content, d. Living in the present. 5. Enhancing EMDR: a. Increasing awareness of images, thoughts, emotions, and body sensations, b. Increasing trust to allow the mind to spontaneously process memory networks, c. Improving reprocessing between sessions, d. Reducing reactivity to current and future distress, e. Improve attunement of the therapist. 6. Brief mindfulness practice and conclusion.

Keywords: Mindfulness Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

130. Hartung, J. (2009). Enhancing postive emotion and performance with EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 339-375). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The scripts included in this chapter exemplify how an EMDR therapist might talk with a client when the focus is on positive psychology and performance enhancement: reaching for a goal not yet realized, looking for a way to strengthen a positive quality, or hoping to fine-tune existing skills. The scripts accompany a model that has been taught in a number of countries to therapists, coaches, and human resource advisors. The model combines elements of coaching and psychotherapy. Coaches attend to a client's skills and deficits, look for solutions that are behavioral and strategic, and focus on the present and future while downplaying the past. Psychotherapists, on the other hand, attend to the client's internal experience: emotions, self-talk, beliefs, and other not-so-observable factors. The focus is largely on the past and present. It follows that the model will be most useful to persons who practice both coaching and psychotherapy. As a coach, the practitioner is familiar with the situation in which the client seeks to perform, whether the client hopes to run faster, lead more effectively, parent better, or study smarter. Competency issues for coaches have been detailed by Hays. As a psychotherapist, the practitioner—it will be assumed—will be comfortable using EMDR in the treatment of traumatic memories and other matters that interfere with the client's personal growth. This chapter provides appropriate scripts. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Performance  Positive Emotion  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

131. Du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many individuals with behaviour problems have long-lasting negative experiences in relation to their environment. Because of this they often have low self-esteem. The treatment is focussed on reduction of complaints and acquisition of skills. But the treatment is more successful when there is also the acquisition of a positive view of the self. EMDR is mainly focussed on trauma treatment and positive cognitive connotation. This competence is very useful as a therapeutic intervention when reinforcing a positive self in people with ID. For our target group it is difficult to translate a positive cognition to daily life. With the use of resources from EMDR such as the use of objects and manual communication, the self image can be reinforced and advance the practising of behaviour experiments. This poster will focus on theory of EMDR and practical implications.

Keywords: ID  Intellectual Disabilities  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

132. du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID: Presenting a video case. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing’s basic principles, procedures and protocols direct the clinician in assisting clients to transmute negative experiences into adaptive learning experiences. EMDR is also recognised as giving resources with a positive picture to assist processing the traumatic experiences. The so-called Resource Development and Installation (RDI) is a specific strategy to strengthen the client by mobilising and strengthening positive cognitions associated with positive experiences in the past. By activating positive functional memory networks and relating the positive picture with the present, the client will be able to practise these in situations where they feel problematic. A client with ID is able to transfer a positive picture to the present. On the basis of these data, presented in a video case, we will give examples of our practise as clinicians in the mental health care of individuals with ID.

Keywords: ID  Intellectual Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

133. Corrigan, F. M., & Jennett, J. (2004, August). Ephedra alkaloids and brief relapse in EMDR-treated obsessive compulsive disorder. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 110(2), 158. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0047.2004.00368.x.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Letter to the editor commenting on an article by E. Ernst (see record 2003-05653-002). We report the case of a patient who was effectively treated for severe obsessive compulsive disorder but relapsed briefly following ingestion of herbal products containing ephedra alkaloids that she bought to facilitate weight loss. The patient was a 29-year-old woman with a 10-year history of obsessive compulsive disorder who was referred for Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) when her condition had not responded to cognitive behavior therapy nor to various medications including Fluoxetine, Paroxetine, Clomipramine and Amitriptyline. Her score on the Dissociative Experiences Scale was low and there was nothing in the clinical history to suggest major dissociative disorder, so after preparation with mindfulness, relaxation and safe place imagery she proceeded to treatment with EMDR. Nine months later she reported a relapse into increased anxiety with a partial return to compulsive thoughts and behaviours after she had obtained a herbal health product sold to promote weight loss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Comment  Desensitization  Ephedra  Letter  Luvoxamine  Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  Plant Preparations  Relapse  Reply  Review  Serotonin Uptake Inhibitors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

134. Morrow, R. (2012, October). Essential skills for EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
What skills do successful consultants utilize in consultation? Therapy, Training and Consultation have several overlapping skills, but each of these disciplines do contain some different skill sets. A good therapist does not necessarily make a good consultant. This presentation will attempt to tease out consultation specific skills that seem to improve the experience for both consultees and consultants. This presentation will include lecture, self evaluative experiences and role play.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

135. Jumelet, C. (2011, April). Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) bij kinderen met een verstandelijke beperking [Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) in children with intellectual disabilities]. Symposia op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract: Achtergrond: Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) is een evidence-based behandelmethode voor zowel kinderen als volwassenen die blijvende psychische of lichamelijke klachten overhouden aan een of meer ingrijpende gebeurtenissen. Er is nog nauwelijks effectonderzoek verricht bij kinderen met een verstandelijke beperking (VB). Deze doelgroep heeft meer risico op traumatische ervaringen vanwege beperkte cognitieve en verbale vaardigheden en geringere draagkracht (Mevissen 2010). EMDR doet weinig beroep op verbale mogelijkheden, is een concrete en directieve methode en lijkt daarom in het bijzonder geschikt voor kinderen met een VB. Doel: emdr beschikbaar maken voor getraumatiseerde kinderen met een VB. Methoden: Bestaande EMDR-protocollen worden aangepast door elementen aan te brengen als: visualiseren middels pictogrammen; ouders meer betrekken, bijvoorbeeld door hen het verhaal te laten vertellen; effectevaluatie via ouders en belangrijke derden (leerkracht), meer herhaling en meer sessies. Resultaten: In een caseserie van 10 patiënten met een iq tussen 50-85 was er in 70% een goed resultaat. Alle patiënten maakten de behandeling af. Het aantal sessies varieerde tussen 2 en 10. Conclusie: emdr is een veelbelovende behandelmethode bij kinderen met een VB.
Background: Eye Movement Desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) is an evidence-based treatment for both children and adults that permanent mental or physical complaints about holding one or more major events. There is little outcome research performed in children with intellectual restriction (VB). This group has more risk limited due to traumatic experiences cognitive and verbal skills and lower capacity (Mevissen 2010). EMDR does little rely on verbal abilities, is a concrete and directive method and therefore seems particularly for children with a VB. Purpose: EMDR available to traumatized children with a VB. Methods: Existing EMDR protocols be modified by elements to as: visualization using icons; parents more involved, by for instance the story to tell, through impact assessment parents and significant others (teacher), more repetition and more sessions. Results: In a case series of 10 patients with an IQ between 50-85, there was 70% a good result. All the patients were treatment. The number of sessions varied between 2 and 10. Conclusion: EMDR is a promising treatment for children with VB.

Keywords: Children  Intellectual Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

136. Mevissen, L. (2008). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Wetenschappelijk Tijdschrift Autisme, (3), 123-135.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
D. is altijd al bang geweest om alleen met het openbaar vervoer te reizen, vooral vanwege al die vreemde mensen die naar haar kijken. Sinds ze in een volle metro door een man is bedreigd durft ze niet meer zelfstandig met de metro naar haar werk. Moeder: “we zijn weer terug bij af”. Gebrek aan zelfrefectie, onvermogen om een therapeutische relatie aan te gaan, problemen in de communicatie, de angst dat klachten juist gaan toenemen met misschien wel decompensatie tot gevolg; het zijn veel gebruikte argumenten om af te zien van psychotherapie bij mensen met een ASS. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is een vrij nieuwe behandelmethode met een sterk geprotocolleerde werkwijze die zich duidelijk onderscheidt van veel andere methoden die een beroep doen op vaardigheden waar mensen met een ASS per defnitie in tekort schieten. Zou EMDR perspectieven kunnen bieden als het gaat om psychotherapie bij cliënten met een ASS en comorbide stoornissen, die zijn ontstaan ten gevolge van ingrijpende gebeurtenissen?

D. is a normally gifted young adult woman with Asperger syndrome. She has always been afraid to be alone on public transport to travel, especially because of all those strange people who look at her. Since they are in a full subway is threatened by a man she dares not own the subway to her job. Mother: "We're back to square one". Lack zelfrefectie, inability to enter a therapeutic relationship, problems in communication, just the fear that complaints will increase by perhaps decompensation result, they are commonly used arguments to refrain from psychotherapy for people with ASD. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new treatment with a strong protocolled method clearly differs from many other methods that rely on skills that people with ASD in a defnitie fail. EMDR perspectives might offer in terms of psychotherapy for clients with ASD and comorbid disorders that have arisen as a result of traumatic events?

Keywords: Asperger's  Autistic Spectrum Disorders  Stress Symptoms  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

137. Fraire, M. (2004). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Using EMDR to improved reading skills among bilingual learning disabled students. National-Louis University, Chicago, IL. doi:oclc/55621052 .

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Keywords: Bilingual  Children With Disabilities  Education  Reading  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

138. Caspers, S. L. (1995). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Using EMDR with learning disabled students to improve reading skills. National-Louis University, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Keywords: Children With Disabilities  Education  Reading  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

139. Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2002, August). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Information processing in the treatment of trauma. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(8), 933-946. doi:10.1002/jclp.10068.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an efficacious and efficient treatment for PTSD. This article provides a brief overview of the findings of 20 controlled-outcome studies and describes Shapiro's Adaptive Information Processing model. This model posits that pathology results when distressing experiences are processed inadequately and hypothesizes that EMDR accelerates information processing, resulting in the adaptive resolution of traumatic memories. A detailed description of the eight phases of treatment highlights the procedures, assumptions, and clinical observations that currently guide EMDR clinical practice. A case study, with an in-session transcript, illustrates the application of EMDR to address the past events that have laid the groundwork for dysfunction, the present circumstances that elicit distress, and skills acquisition needed for adaptive functioning (Pilots).

Keywords: Clinical Case Study  Cognitive Processes  Empirical Study  Information Processing  Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Treatment Process  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

140. Shapiro, F., Vogelmann-Sine, S., & Sine, L. F. (1994, October-December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Treating trauma and substance abuse. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(4), 379-391.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a new psychological methodology that has been applied to a wide range of psychological disorders. Clinical reports over the past three years indicate that it is an important addition to the treatment of substance abuse. EMDR offers a structured, client-centered model that integrates key elements of intrapsychic, behavioral, cognitive, body-oriented, and interactional approaches. Treatment effects are quite rapid and, during an individual session, the therapist may witness accelerated processing of information involving a shift of cognitive structures (including the assimilation of positive beliefs) along with the desensitization of attendent traumata. The application of EMDR apparently stimulates an inherent physiological processing system that allows dysfunctional information to be adaptively resolved, resulting in increased insight and more functional behavior. The judicious use of EMDR includes a comprehensive client history and extensive preparation, allowing the client to deal with the high levels of disturbance often engendered by the treatment itself. After the inauguration of a sufficient therapeutic alliance, adequately addressing potential issues of secondary gain, and appropriate client stabilization, EMDR may be used to ameliorate the effects of earlier memories that contribute to the dysfunction, potential relapse triggers, and physical cravings. In addition, EMDR is used to incorporate new coping skills and assist in learning more adaptive behaviors. Other potential targets for reprocessing include treatment noncompliance, ambivalence about abstinence, and present crises. Finally, EMDR should be used on this clinical population only by a trained clinician who is educated and experienced with this problem area. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Drug Abuse  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

141. Rose, B. K. (2004). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR): A treatment protocol for addicted inmates with traumatic histories. Carlos Albizu University, Miami, FL. AAT 3102092.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract: S
ubstance Abuse is the use and abuse of mood and mind altering substances often having undesired effects on the lives of those addicted, and having a negative impact on the lives of others. Those addicted may expose themselves and others to physical and psychological harm; may create forensic problems; cause disintegration of the family, and problematic interpersonal relationships. Underlying reasons for addictive behavior include but are not limited to: genetic predisposition, psychosocial involvement, psychobiological complications, developmental conditions, and pre-existing psychological and environmental events. Some deficits found in those addicted include: poor coping skills, inability to problem solve, inability to function in difficult situations, and may use cognitive avoidance as a means of coping with life. The idea that children might be negatively impacted by exposure to substance abuse using parents is not a new revelation. However, the degree of damage done to these children is severe, and more is being learned about the severity of that damage. Children often are enmeshed with their dysfunctional families, and many problems arise involving their inability to maintain intimate relationships with others. Attachment issues may develop in infancy and early stages of maturation, and adversely affect children's ability to function as adults. Abusive pasts and traumatic incidents often may hinder the psychological growth and maturity of those who have experienced trauma and abuse.Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a fairly new concept of treatment. It was first designed to address therapy with those who had been exposed to trauma. However, over the past 22 years since its inception, it has been adapted to treat many other types of Axis I disorders. It has been determined that EMDR is useful in addressing substance abuse and other Axis I diagnoses, especially PTSD. Hiller, Knight, and Simpson completed a study with 161 persons who resided at a residential halfway house for newly released inmates. Their results found: 80% of the sample of had psychological problems; 72% had significant drug abuse problems; 58% had concurrent psychopathology and drug abuse problems. Research indicates prison confinement is increasing, and the idea of therapy in the forensic setting is gaining in popularity. Thus, the purpose of this dissertation is to design a substance abuse program to address the difficulties of substance abuse treatment for the dual diagnosed clients. The data collected from this program will help provide much needed information in order to further research and increase our understanding of the needs of this underserved population. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Comorbidity  Drug Abuse  Prison Inmates  Psychiatric Disorders  Stressors  Survivors  Therapeutic Community  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

142. Shusta-Hochberg, S. (2011, November). Fairy tales and singing bowls: Creatively augmenting adult trauma treatment. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma work requires intense and often protracted effort for therapists and patients alike. While talk therapy to address trauma, empower patients and reduce maladaptive behaviors is a cornerstone of trauma therapy, sometimes it is insufficient. If a patient becomes destabilized during a session, we will need to employ containment or grounding techniques. When the work hits an impasse, we may spark new energy and momentum by introducing an adjunctive technique. Hypnosis and EMDR can be used in various effective ways, and there are many other interventions worth considering. Some adult trauma survivors find that symbolic play with toys or games enables them to work better in session. Several of my patients have found comfort from interventions such as sharing and discussing classic fairy tales and other readings or ringing a Tibetan singing bowl in session. While some interventions are stabilizing, others are perturbing or instigating, bringing up new material to explore. This paper will discuss varying interventions the therapist can utilize that can calm, energize, contain or provoke insights, or provide access to deeper material needed for therapeutic healing. Judicious use of adjunctive alternative referrals such as craniosacral or chiropractic treatment, music and art therapy will be discussed as well. Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to assess skills and/or materials they have now that could be utilized in this supplemental way: art skills, musical skills or aids such as Tibetan singing bowls, aromatherapy aids such as candles, essential oils or incense; or consider techniques they might like to employ in therapy. 2)Participants will be able to determine which of their current trauma patients might benefit from the addition of supplemental techniques in treatment or from referrals to outside professionals for adjunctive treatment such as art or music therapy, or for bodywork such as craniosacral treatment. 3) Participants will be able to identify opportunities to utilize new interventions in a treatment such as impasses, stalemates, prolonged repeat of narratives without progress, and helping an unstable patient contain affect, achieve relief from agitation or move from a highly dysphoric state.

Accuracy Verified: Yes

143. Fay, D., Corrigan, F. Fisher, J., Galloway, J., & Mcafee, F. (2010, April). An fMRI study of the integration of “Becoming safely embodied” and EMDR techniques for the de-activation of fear motor neurocircuitry. Symposium presented at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
An fMRI Study of the Integration of “Becoming Safely Embodied” and EMDR Techniques for the De-Activation of Fear Motor Neurocircuitry Frank Corrigan, Consulting Psychiatist, Argyll & Bute Hospital, Lochgilphead, Argyll This panel discussion explores brain imaging results using BSE skills activating left anterior insula intensified with alternating bilateral stimulation (ABS) from Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (Shapiro 1992). It suggests positive feelings associated with brain activations deactivate areas involved in motor responses to threat.

Keywords: Fear Motor Neurocircuitry  fMRI Study  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

144. Morris-Smith, J. (2012, June). Footsteps into the future: EMDR for children and families using a neurodevelopmental perspective [Pasos hacia el futuro: EMDR para niños y familias desde una perspectiva del neurodesarrollo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The acquisition of clinical skills in developing successful EMDR therapeutic practices is in itself a journey of discovery. Each step forward brings new clinical puzzles, challenges and insights: why are some individuals able to use the EMDR therapy more smoothly that others; what is the role of attachment; how are preverbal memories made and how do they become accessible to verbal recall with EMDR therapy; what is the developmental role of dissociation and why do some evolve into coherent, integrated individuals whilst others develop pathological dissociation? This paper presents a neurodevelopmental approach to inform our clinical practice of EMDR therapy with children, adolescents and adults. Brain development is affected by both genetic and environmental factors and included in the latter are: the family milieu, physical illness, toxins and developmental opportunities. During development the brain organizes from the bottom to the top with the lower parts of the brain developing earliest. The majority of the brain organization takes place during the first 4 years of life. Development of the brain in childhood unfolds in a series of stages with higher cortical areas entering final developmental processes much later in childhood and into early adulthood. How to integrate neurodevelopmental aspects with our EMDR clinical practice to develop healthier positive future trajectories for children, adolescents and their families is discussed. This paper will be illustrated by the use of video clips and case material.

La propia adquisición de las habilidades clínicas para desarrollar prácticas terapéuticas de EMDR de éxito es de por sí, un viaje de descubrimiento. Cada paso hacia delante nos plantea nuevos rompecabezas, retos, y conocimientos clínicos: ¿Por qué algunos individuos encuentran menos obstáculos en la aplicación de terapia con EMDR que otros?; ¿Cuál es la función del apego?; ¿Cómo se forman los recuerdos preverbales y cómo se accede a ellos mediante el recuerdo verbal con la terapia con EMDR?; ¿Qué papel desempeña la disociación en el desarrollo y por qué algunas personas se convierten en individuos coherentes e integrados mientras que otros desarrollan una disociación patológica? Esta ponencia pretende presentar un planteamiento desde el neurodesarrollo para instruir nuestra práctica clínica de terapia con EMDR con niños, adolescentes y adultos. El desarrollo cerebral se ve afectado por factores tanto genéticos como ambientales; entre éstos últimos se incluyen: el entorno familiar, las enfermedades físicas, las toxinas y las oportunidades de desarrollo. Durante el período de desarrollo, el cerebro organiza desde abajo hacia arriba, siendo las áreas inferiores del cerebros las que primero se desarrollan. La mayor parte del desarrollo cerebral ocurre durante los cuatro primeros años de vida. El desarrollo del cerebro durante la infancia sucede en una serie de etapas, entrando las áreas corticales superiores en los últimos procesos de desarrollo, mucho más tarde en la infancia y al principio de la vida adulta. Se abordan las cuestiones de cómo integrar aspectos de neurodesarrollo en nuestro trabajo clínico con EMDR para poder desarrollar trayectorias más sanas y positivas para el futuro para los niños, adolescentes y sus familias. Se emplearán grabaciones en vídeo y notas clínicas para ilustrar esta ponencia.

Keywords: Children  Families  Neurodevelopment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

145. Kiessling, R. (2006, September). From BLS to EMDR: Treating survivors of trauma, natural disaster, and combat along a time and stability continuum. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: T
he Comprehensive treatment protocols and treatment outcomes of EMDR have been well researched and documented. The calming effects of bilateral stimulation (BLS) and its impact on having images fade have also been documented. Consequently, there are many situations where stabilization and symptom reduction may be appropriate and/or necessary, such as trauma from terrorism, natural disasters and combat. This workshop will discuss a number of Bilateral Stimulation (BLS) interventions along a time and client stability continuum. Participants will learn and hone their skills using a number of stabilization and symptom reduction interventions through lecture, video and live demonstration, as well as small group practice of these more truncated, target specific, symptom desensitization protocols. Additionally, participants will understand when to select these interventions in preparing the client for the comprehensive EMDR treatment protocols.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

146. Adler-Tapia, R. (2006, September). From research to practice: What the research has taught us about training therapists to use EMDR with young children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Our initial research study explored the therapist's ability to demonstrate fidelity to the EMDR protocol with young children. While data collection focused on documenting fidelity to the EMDR protocol, ancillary data emerged that identified skills and training that therapists needed in order to successfully implement the full EMDR protocol in the treatment of children. The preliminary content analysis of the data from the research group identified six major themes that impact treating children with the full EMDR protocol that include therapist issues, client issues, treatment issues, parent/home environment issues, clinical environment issues and therapist training issues. This presentation will review the findings from the research with focus on teaching specific skills for therapists to improve their practice of using EMDR with young children. Therapists need to understand the implication of attachment and attunement in the therapeutic relationship, the impact of parents and the home environment on the treatment, and learn skills to teach children emotional literacy in order to improve the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of young children. This presentation will summarize the advanced skills that therapists working with young children will need after completing basic training in EMDR. With consultation focused on EMDR and additional training in using EMDR with young children, the research study has demonstrated that therapists trained in child development and play therapy can successfully implement the full eight phases of EMDR with children.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

147. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2010, September/October). From sandboxes to the classroom: EMDR for the treatment of trauma and dissociation in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recognizing and treating symptoms of attachment trauma and dissociation are imperative clinical skills for effective treatment throughout the eight Phases of the EMDR Protocol with clients of any age. The presentation will review AIP theory and the eight-phase EMDR treatment protocol, the three-phase Dissociative Theory treatment, and tools for assessing dissociation in children and adolescents. Once evaluated, therapists will need to continue to assess emerging symptoms that can continue to arise and impede EMDR treatment. Clinical skills including grounding techniques, visualizations, identifying and integrating ego states, and mirroring and nurturing techniques, will be described and demonstrated for participants to implement throughout the EMDR Protocol.

Keywords: Children  Dissociation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

148. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). The full works. Counselling Children and Young People, 12-15.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the article will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Children  Child Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

149. Paulsen, S. L. (2006, April). Giving the body a voice with EMDR, ego state therapy and somatic psychotherapy. Presentation at 11th Annual Northwest Regional Conference on Trauma Disorders Conference, Lake Chelan, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Participants will be able to 1) Identify three skills to observe bodily held trauma material, 2) Analyze a model of transforming trauma through resources, and 3) Identify a hypnoprojective method for bringing somatically held material into conscious mind.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  Somatic Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

150. Leeds, A. M. (2012, November). Guía de protocolos estándar de EMDR para terapeutas, supervisores y consultores [A guide to the standard EMDR protocols for clinicians, supervisors, and consultants]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Aprender a utilizar el EMDR con seguridad y eficacia requiere la integración de una amplia gama de conocimientos y competencias. Esta guía quiere ser una orientación para las cuestiones clínicas, profesionales y de gestión de riesgos con las que los profesionales del EMDR se encuentran a diario. Siguiendo el modelo de las ocho fases de la EMDR, el libro propone una guía clara y detallada para la utilización de los protocolos convencionales de EMDR para el tratamiento del trastorno de estrés postraumático, fobias y ataques de pánico. También se incluyen pautas para la formulación de casos, la planificación del tratamiento y para preparar a los pacientes para el reprocesamiento con EMDR. Además, la guía también contiene muestras de contratos para supervisión y formularios para documentar los resúmenes de los casos y los resultados de los tratamientos, así como: - gráficos, formularios, ilustraciones, tablas y árboles de decisión para guiar la planificación del tratamiento y la documentación. - estudios de casos con trascripciones que ilustran los distintos protocolos y pautas para tomar decisiones informadas. - cuestiones éticas de aplicación clínica, consulta, supervisión e investigación. Gracias a las pautas de tratamiento claras y concisas sobre el uso clínico del EMDR, este libro es un recurso de incalculable valor para terapeutas en activo, supervisores, consultores y directores clínicos.

Learning to use EMDR safely and effectively requires the integration of a wide range of knowledge and skills. This guide is intended as a guide for clinical, professional and risk management with which EMDR practitioners encounter daily. Modeled after the eight phases of EMDR, the book offers a clear and detailed guide to the use of EMDR protocols for treating PTSD, phobias and panic attacks. Also included are guidelines for case formulation, treatment planning and to prepare patients for reprocessing with EMDR. The guide also contains samples for monitoring contracts and forms to document summaries of cases and treatment outcomes, as well as: - Charts, forms, illustrations, tables and decision trees to guide treatment planning and documentation. - Case studies with transcripts illustrating the different protocols and guidelines to make informed decisions. - Ethical issues in clinical application, consultation, supervision and research. With treatment guidelines clear and concise on the clinical use of EMDR, this book is an invaluable resource for practicing therapists, supervisors, consultants and clinical directors.

Keywords: Prtactice  Protocols  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

151. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapy  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

152. Maltz, W. (1995, June). Healing the sexual problems caused by sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sexual abuse is abuse to a person's sexuality. It can seriously harm the development of healthy sexual attitudes, self-concept, and behavior. In particular, survivors are often troubled by a variety of sexual problems, such as, fear and avoidance of sex, approaching sex as an obligation, automatic negative reactions to touch, difficulty becoming aroused or feeling sensation, emotional detachment during sex, disturbing sexual thoughts and fantasies, compulsive sexual behaviors, difficulty with intimate partners, and sexual functioning concerns. EMDR is a technique which can effect significant changes in cognition, sensation, and emotional experience. It can be a powerful tool to help survivors reprocess traumatic material blocking healthy sexual experience. But because sex is often an extremely loaded issue for survivors, and EMDR is seen as technique in which the therapist "does something" to the client, precautions must be taken to avoid negative, retraumatizing reactions and increase positive results. Due to the high potential for negative transference in sex therapy with survivors, the therapist must present the EMDR technique in a style which values client safety and empowerment. This can involve associating the techque with safe images and prior positive experiences, developing relaxation and containment skills, and modifying the physical aspects associated with the technique. There are a variety of sexual concerns which respond well to EMDR intervention. EMDR can be used to help replace old negative messages about sex with new messages which view sex as based on consent, equality, respect and safety. Sexual self-concept can be improved as survivors undo irrational belief systems which blame their sexuality and/or sexual parts for having caused the abuse. EMDR can help introduce new experiences of self-forgiveness and self-acceptance. EMDR can also help desensitize particular objects, sexual settings, types of touch, and associations to the intimate partner which trigger negative reactions. Therapists who focus on sexual healing need to be familiar with a variety of sexual healing techniques. These include the sexual response cycle exercise, relearning touch exercises, techniques for healing unwanted sexual fantasies, and techniques for improving sexual functioning. Therapists can use EMDR to help survivors work through blocks and impasses encountered with the techniques.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse  Sexual Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

153. Brivio, R., & Bergamaschi, L. (2008, January). Human and organizational aspects affecting the wellbeing in rescue-working activity: EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation: The role of training methods, practice and simulation for psychological risks prevention and management in emergency workers.. International Workshop Reinforce Rescuers' Resilience by Empowering a well-being Demension Workshop, Turin, Italy .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The wellbeing of rescuers: Relational, organizational and technical aspects that can affect rescuers' wellbeing during rescue activities: Stress inoculation, role playing and the role of mirror neurons in training, also through the use of video recordings. Relaxation techniques, psychological debriefing and EMDR in trainings.

Focus of our intervention is the wellbeing of the rescuer. The study and research on this matter came and were carried out thanks to the activity done both during trainings and simulations of the Civil Protection than real emergencies. Our team work received contribution by some psychologists of OPP (Parma’s Psychologists’ Observatory: A.Sozzi, E.Pedrelli, F.Frati, A. Bocelli, T. Serra). Wellbeing, defined as a subjective and positive emotional state together with a global life satisfaction (Diener, 1984), is strongly at risk during rescuer’s emergency activities and can affect the rescuer both physically and psychologically. The rescuer's capabilities, that we think are technical “know how” and thorough knowledge, are essential to give the best performance according to the complexity and urgency of the intervention. These skills can really contribute to the rescuer's wellbeing, because they can improve the self-efficiency perception. To effectively manage and train rescuers, it is furthermore important to consider and acknowledge the influence of interpersonal relationships on technical performances. It is, in fact, particularly important to recognize and support the typical relationships that can be created in a team with the same task and specialization, as well as in multidisciplinary teams, or teams belonging to different Institutions but operating in the same scenario.

In recent years increasing attention has been given to training activities, even through the use of the role play for interventions in artificial emergency scenarios. To recreate scenarios of massive emergencies, different Civil Protection Associations, as well as First Aid volunteer associations and the local Institutions have been involved. In these simulations, most cases focus on improving technical performances. Lately psychologists have been asked to join the rescuers team. During these simulations, the role-play of emotional and psychological problems occurs thanks to the cooperation between emergency psychologists and the medical team. The introduction of the role and expertise of psychologists allowed to extend and strengthen the attention to cross support and care aspects for the psychological wellbeing of both victims and rescuers. The psychologist must therefore consider the “wellbeing” in all the emergency scenarios and contexts, as a sum of all the components that we talked about here and the ones we will describe during our intervention. He must first of all be aware of the complexity of each intervention in the field, and adopt a kind of approach aimed at creating and recovering wellbeing strategies, that can be used by himself as well. Strategies on how to build, recover and maintain the wellbeing identify stress as the first danger source the rescuer has to face in his training and emergency activity. When external events or stimuli are perceived as difficult to face compared with resources available at that moment, the individual gets stressed. When the person's efforts are not adaptive to the external requests and/or coherent with his performance expectations, he becomes vulnerable to emotional, behavioural, cognitive and physical reactions, which can be even very difficult to manage both in the short and/or in the medium-long term. This can happen when the sources of stress depend on the rescuer’s performance, and it can also happen in case of post traumatic stress, visible in different stages after the event. From the psychologist's specialist background and from the integration of this with the result of field experiences, the demand for a range of different tools to manage the different kinds of stress emerges, and these tools must be applicable both to the individual and to the group. This range is still improving, and the results of our observational activity from past and present experiences lead us to see the opportunity to carry on our research of tools of efficacy. During this speech we would like to underline that approaches like Stress Inoculation Training (SIT, Michenbaum, 1983) and the use of role playing allow the technical appraisal and let the rescuers improve their stress management skills, and all that can lead to a decrease in the risk of PTSD. In past simulations of emergencies, we found out that the use of videotapes for the role plays is a tool that should be taken more into account. We think it is important to evaluate its potential for the rescuers' benefit, because it seems to be not only “a record of technical performances”, but also an observation and learning tool about the rescuer's own defence and adaptive strategies. In fact, during these simulations we found out that the rescuers' psychological and emotional vulnerability emerged in several situations. The fact that even in these artificial situations there were acute stress episodes and O codes urged us to focus more on the matter of mutual influence between technical performance and internal experience of stress. We understand that such acute stress episodes may occur during real life critical events but we can see how role playing and video recordings show that such acute stress episodes affected the simulators themselves even during the simulation. The videos show that even apparently “high immunity” simulators, who are considered 'immune' thanks to their comprehensive and strong experience, experienced acute stress, perhaps because of an incorrect selfevaluation of their own stress management skills. The interest in the use of videos as a training and reprocessing tool for rescuers led some of us to specialize in role playing recording, so as to carry out a more accurate and comprehensive study on those same videos and use them as a mirror of reality and better educational tool through a vicar experience or through “seeing oneself from within the experience” and in the interpersonal dynamics that took place in the scenario. Videotapes are a very known and widely used tool in other kinds of trainings, disciplines and therapies (i.e. Family Therapy and CBT). The discovery of mirror neurons by Rizzolati, Gallese et Al., provides the evidence that when someone observes the same action performed by another person, the neurons "mirrors" the behaviour of that person, as though the observer were itself acting. Thanks to these researchers it is now proven that this can happen thanks to the motor neurons in the pre-motor cortex. Therefore, we would like to underline the role of videos as very useful and versatile training tools, since they expose a situation in an unexpected realistic manner “as if” it were true and “as if” we were really experiencing that situation, with the consequent learning movements at the emotional, cognitive and behavioural level, at the stress management level, as well as at the level of team work dynamics. Visual imagination activates the same brain regions that are active during visual perception and motor imagination activates the same brain regions activated the movement is really happening. More importantly, it was possible for us to verify that the videos recorded by other operators were not focused on showing the important psychological aspects we mentioned for the goal of the trainings, thing that happened instead with the videos recorded by psychologists. We think therefore that the use of videotapes recorded by psychologists should be given more consideration in the trainings of rescuers. During this intervention we will devote part of the time to broadcasting two short videos; the first one shows the role playing of an intervention in an emergency context, and the second one shows a part of an EMDR session (Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing). We think it is important to recreate and protect rescuers wellbeing in the post-role playing and post emergency stages too. For years EMDR has been proven effective in improving the individual's coping skills and in reprocessing, wherever necessary, the post traumatic aspects resulting from critical events to whom not only the victims, but also the rescuers too, are exposed during emergencies.

Keywords: Emergency Workers  Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation  Rescue-Working Activity  Risk Prevention and Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

154. Forgash, C. (2012, October). The impact of complex PTSD and attachment issues on personal health: An EMDR treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR treatment will be presented as a successful model for dealing with the attachment deficits and health problems of trauma survivors. The development of an EMDR Treatment Plan to treat both health and attachment problems with a focus on a Health History and specific target selection is highlighted. Specialized techniques will be utilized in phases 1-3 to help the patient experience self soothing, develop emotional regulation, and to avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting. Phases 4-7 will emphasize specific work on past attachment ruptures as well as specific health issues. Skills development such as rehearsal will also be presented.

Keywords: Attachment Issues  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex-PTSD  C-PSTD  Personal Health  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

155. Leeds, A. (2007, June). Improving self-regulation and social functioning for survivors of early emotional neglect and abuse with positive affect tolerance and integration protocol: A case series. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Survivors of early emotional neglect experience pervasive difficulties including vulnerability to adult psychiatric disorders and inability to regulate emotional states (Schore, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Teicher, 2000, 2002; Teicher et al, 1993; Teicher et al., 1997). Their inability to regulate emotional states is not solely linked to effects of adverse events, but is significantly linked to insufficient exposure to normal, developmental attachment sequences that foster capacities for self-regulation.
A subset of adult survivors of early, pervasive, emotional neglect who meet full or partial criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder also present with comorbid Cluster C Axis II symptoms (Avoidant, Dependent, Obsessive-Compulsive) and meet criteria for dismissing (or fearful) insecure attachment (Cassidy & Shaver, 1999; Main, 1996).
Clinical assessment reveals these patients have low tolerance for positive interpersonal emotions and engage in defensive strategies to dismiss, minimize, deny or subtly avoid experiencing and assimilating this positive emotional states into their internal model of self. These strategies include overt and covert behavioral avoidance as well as dissociate defenses. Paradoxically, these patients may show superficial characteristics or competence, interpersonal skills, or emotional stability which on closer examination prove to be fragile or which collapse in the face of social stressors.
The general theoretical base for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration (PAT) protocol is related to McCullough’s (1996, 2003) model of affect phobia and recognizes McCullough’s emphasis on an anxiety regulating, titrated approach to developing tolerance for adaptive affect and associated coping behaviors. Putnam’s (1997) discrete behavioral states model provides an important conceptual framework for understanding these patients’ needs to gradually develop new discrete behavioral (psychophysiological and affective) states and new pathways (schemes and scripts) fostering access to these shared positive states often as a crucial early phase of treatment to help resolve their impairments in emotional self-regulation.
This presentation describes the use of standard EMDR procedural steps in a treatment plan that postpones the standard three pronged (past, present, future) PTSD protocol, but which is consistent with the consensus model for Complex PTSD (Brown, Scheflin & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhuis, Steele, 2006) and other EMDR approaches focused initially on improving response to current stimuli (Hoffman, 2004; Leeds & Korn, 1998; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) before attempting to target childhood traumatic memories. Targets for PAT are recent experiences in which the patient was exposed to positive, shared, interpersonal emotional states. The purposes for applying PAT to these targets are: to decrease defensive avoidance; dissociation and anxiety about shared positive emotional states; to increase capacity to tolerate and enjoy these shared positive emotional states; and to integrate these shared positive emotional states into positive schemas and self-concepts. Observed clinical gains following PAT included: improved mood and resilience, and decreased depersonalization during subsequent use of EMDR to reprocess traumatic memories.
The goal in presenting this “Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol” case series is to encourage research to evaluate the clinical effectiveness of this application of the standard EMDR procedures for a clinical subpopulation generally considered challenging to treat.

Keywords: Affect Tolerance  Poster  Self-Regulation  Social Functioning  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

156. Forgash, C. A. (2003, September). Improving survivor’s health with integrated EMDR and ego state treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present an EMDR and Ego State integrated approach dealing with the health problems of child sexual abuse survivors (CSAS). These problems are exacerbated by dissociative and PTSD symptoms and may have affected clients accessing health care. These complex clients require tri-phased treatment approach which includes an extended preparation phase (to help CSAS manage triggers and avoid retraumatization in the healthcare setting) desensitization and reprocessing of earlier trauma, including both sexual abuse and medical situations, and the future template phase where consumer skills development will be planned, rehearsed and installed. The workshop will include handouts, bibliography, and a slide presentation.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

157. Colt, K. M., & Marvasti, J. A. (2004). Innovative therapies for trauma related disorders: TARGET, TREM, and EMDR. In J. A. Marvasti (Ed.), Psychiatric treatment of victims and survivors of sexual trauma: A neuro-bio-psychological approach (pp. 73-95). Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas Publisher.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In this chapter, Marvasti and Colt explore the victims' response to trauma and examine nontraditional treatment models for psychological trauma. The TARGET model (Trauma Adaptive Recovery Group Education and Therapy) of treatment focuses on current symptoms. Treatment is aimed at helping the victim move from maladaptive patterns of thought and behavior toward healthy ways of managing life. TREM (Trauma Recovery and Empowerment Model) was created to assist disempowered female victims of trauma to develop self-esteem and coping skills. EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) is a set of protocols designed to decrease the symptoms of traumatic stress by use of rhythmic movements and cognitive restructuring. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Emotional Trauma  Empowerment  Female Victims  Group Education and Therapy  Group Psychotherapy  Human Females  Models  Nontraditional Treatment Models  Psychological Trauma  Sexual Abuse  Symptoms  Treatment  Victimization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

158. Yang, Y. (2005, June). An integrated grief-focused intervention after the death of a chief teacher. In Psychotrauma and EMDR in China and Slovakia, Part 1. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During the SARS outbreak in 2003, a chief middle school teacher in Beijing unfortunately died of the disease. After her death, her students and colleagues fell into a state of emotional and behavioral disturbance. We describe in this paper a grief-focused intervention program offered by the community-based youth hotline crisis intervention group and the school counselor. In particular, the paper focuses on describing in detail a group based intervention program for the affected students, including its administrative structure, therapeutic objectives and interventions, and group process. The intervention protocol was designed by combining cognitive behavior and social therapy with some adapted skills of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). It was found that stabilization and installation were strongly significant in helping the students to recover from this traumatic event by focusing on positive resources. We argue that in the Chinese cultural context, it is most important to build such an integrated crisis intervention scheme to cope with such an event.

Keywords: China  Grief  Psychotrauma  Slovakia  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

159. Forgash, C., & Knipe J. (2012). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 120-128. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.120.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (edited by Carol Forgash and Margaret Copeley, 2007, pp. 1-59). The preparation phase of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is very important in the therapy of multiply traumatized clients with complex posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and dissociative symptoms. EMDR clinicians who treat clients with complex trauma will benefit from learning specific readiness and stabilization interventions that are inherent to Phase 1 of a well-accepted phased trauma-treatment model. Extending the preparation phase of EMDR by including these interventions provides sequential steps for the development of symptom-management skills and increased stability. Additional focus is placed on helping clients work with their ego state system to develop boundaries, cooperative goals, and healthier attachment styles. Following an individually tailored preparation phase, the processing of long-held traumatic memory material becomes possible.

Keywords: C-PTSD  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  Dissociative Disorders  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

160. Sherzer, M. (2008, June). Integrating EMDR in family & couple therapy. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this poster I am going to raise the question of integrating EMDR in family and couple therapy. This is a philosophical question. I actually am asking if it's possible to integrate an individual approach with a systemic one. Those scholars who dealt with this question found some common roots in the attachment period. For example, the Hendrix' IMAGO approach presume that the marital crisis has its roots in the childhood wounds. We can find other approaches that enforce this assumption. The literature that deals with integrating EMDR with couple therapy does not find differences between traumas caused by marital crisis and traumas caused by other stimuli. This brings us to the idea it is possible that EMDR will be useful in a marital crisis also. The novelty was that those therapists who mastered both skills, family therapists and EMDR therapists, started with protocols that integrate EMDR in couple therapy in the presence of both spouses. From the first beginning, Francine Shapiro mentions in her basic book on EMDR that are cases where EMDR is contra-indicated in couple therapy in the presences of both mates. Later on we found that we can classify the cases when to use EMDR in the presence of both spouses and when to use it individually. Of course, this categorization is based on clinical observation. We like to refer this question to the members of this poster presentation if they have some more insights about this

Keywords: Couples Therapy  Family Therapy  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

161. Munnukka-Dahlqvist, M. (2004, June). Integrating EMDR in psychotherapy treating complex trauma in a client with previous long-term psychotherapies. In complex traumatisation and EMDR (K. Linder, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The goal of this paper is to examine one therapy process in order to explore what resources EMDR treatment can provide to complex traumatized clients with previous long-term therapies. How important is the role of mind/body connection? How could it be best observed and taken into consideration when deciding on therapeutic choices during difference phases in psychotherapy? This case raises also the following questions: When it is best to use EMDR? How do the therapist and client know when the client is ready for EMDR? How can clients learn to feel, become aware of their own bodies, observe their body sensations and label these observations? What is the importance of these skills before using EMDR? How do EMDR protocols work in this context?
Case: This client had been severely traumatized in childhood and also in adult life. She came to EMDR treatment with own question: “Have I ever been able to feel anything?” She had been in different psychotherapies, but her body was not ready for EMDR and she could not regulate emotions. She had good ego strength. This presentation shows how the therapy process progressed and it includes a therorectical discussion.
It is possible to integrate different kinds of therapies. Previous “traditional talking therapies” can give to the client the necessary ego strength, boundaries and make it easier to build a therapeutic relationship. Since trauma-related syndromes split the mind and body, it is necessary to address what occurs in the body, just as it is equally necessary to use words to make sense of and describe an experience. E

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

162. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2007, September). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This is a day-long program designed for the EMDR professional interested in enhancing their ability to conceptualize and provide effective EMDR treatment in working with the complexity of eating disorder symptoms. Paralleling phase-oriented treatment for trauma, this workshop will focus on stabilization skills utilizing state-to-state techniques with or without bilateral stimulation; working through underlying traumatic experiences utilizing the standard protocol; and future template work for integration of the psycho-biological changes. Current treatment approaches on attachment issues and emotion regulation, trauma’s impact on the brain and body, and affect management will be integrated throughout the program. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on in practice sessions or during the case consultation segment of the program.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

163. Wernimont, T. (2004, September). Integrating EMDR into the treatment of brain injury. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Brain injury is the often overlooked result of abuse, accidents, sports injury, seizure disorder, tumors/surgery, and toxic exposure/overdose. Symptoms from brian injury are often attributed to other causes, including depression, addiction, and even schizophrenia impeding treatment. There will be practical suggestions regarding: 1) assessment for symptoms of brain injury in your population; 2) applying EMDR approach within a comprehensive treatment plan; and 3) how to use strategies to treat symptoms of dysregulation and to reinforce skills. In addition, the cognitive, emotional, behavioral, and social effects of brain injury will be addressed.

Keywords: Brain Injury  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

164. O'Malley, O. (2010, March). Integrating EMDR mindfulness & sensorimotic psychotherapy. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in either the UK or Ireland. Over the last 12 months the service has developed as a combined clinic between Adult mental health and child & adolescent mental health services. The team comprises myself and my colleagues Dr Sheena Pollet and Thelma Osborn. Dr Pollet is a consultant psychiatrist in psychotherapy and also practices as a psychoanalyst. She initially receives referrals from the access and advice team or directly from the adult inpatient unit. Thelma Osborn practises as a specialist health visitor in primary care and is employed by the Primary Care Trust (PCT). She runs both individual and group psychotherapy for mothers referred with post natal depression. She has recently completed basic EMDR training (2008-9) I have integrated EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy with mindfulness and trauma focussed psychotherapy in a new theoretical paradigm which I have termed integrated reprocessing therapy (IRT). I will outline the use of this approach where traumatic births and neonatal vulnerabilities are a key feature of the presentation Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health and a tier 3 perinatal mental health services within the 5 Boroughs Partnership Foundation Trust will be outlined.

Keywords: Watch Wait and Wonder Approach  WWW Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

165. Scholom, J. (2004, September). Integrating EMDR with eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will draw on clinical experience and expertise with Eating Disordered clients and EMDR to delineate creative ways to utilize EMDR with this population. A stage oriented approach will be presented, addressing attachment styles, affect skills and ego strengths development, symptom management, trauma resolution, personal enhancement and body image clarification. EMDR is being used to treat clients with a variety of trauma related conditions. Eating disordered clients very often have traumatic histories. We will utilize principles associated with attachment theory, affect regulation and trauma treatment as the foundation to a staged treatment approach with eating disorders. We will incorporate the standard EMDR protocol as well as some deviations into the overall treatment.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

166. Potter, A. E. (2003, September). Integrating inner child therapy and dialectical-behavior therapy with EMDR resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Before ciients begin processiing traumatic memories with the EMDR trauma protocol, a modified resource development protocol is utilized, integrating Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy, to assist clients in developing skills for affect tolerance/emotion regulation, distress tolerance, and mindfulness. The modified resource installation protocol also helps clinicians in assessing clients' emotional readiness for initiating trauma work with the EMDR trauma protocol. Inner Child Therapy provides an overall cognitive framework for trauma work based on the Transtheoretical stages of change. Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy are employed as strategies to minimize re-traumatization, affect/emotion dysregulation, and problems with impulsive and compulsive behaviors during the trauma-processing phase of therapy.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Inner Child Therapy  Modified Resource Development and Resource Installation  Protocol  RDI  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

167. Foster, S. (2004, June). Integrating positive psychology concepts into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is the first effort to integrate EMDR Peak Performance with techniques from positive psychology, the new science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhancing by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints; it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that include mini practica, participants will be able to: 1) describe the key difference between the Peak and basic protocols 2) help client develop “Peak’ resources 3) begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients 4) summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts 5) pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography.

Keywords: Positive Psychology  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

168. Kiessling, R. (2005). Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice. In R. Shapiro, (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 57-87). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
As EMDR became more accepted within the psychotherapy community and more clinicians became trained, a greater number of clients with diagnoses other than PTSD were introduced to it. As a result, it became apparent that some of these more difficult, complex clients were not immediately ready for EMDR targeting and reprocessing. Many were either too unstable, had affect tolerance issues, or lacked the ego strengths to withstand the potential rigors of target desensitization. Others lacked needed coping skills, lacked the ability to recognize that they have the tools available to address their issues, or were fearful of addressing their traumatic experiences. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) strategies were developed and, over time, have been accepted within the EMDR community as valuable solutions for these challenging clients. [Text, p. 57]

Keywords: Life Experiences  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

169. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. M. (1998, July). Integrating schema therapy focused with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will: 1) increase participants’ basic skills in using EMDR; 2) increase participants’ knowledge of, and ability to apply, a conceptual framework to use with EMDR; and 3) increase participants’ ability to work with difficult clients.

Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

170. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, June). The integration of EMDR and brief strategic therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Directives and strategic interventions were used in therapy for the first time almost half a century ago by a small number of 'communication researchers' at MRI (Mental Research institute) in Palo Alto. California. First time in the history of therapy, the therapist was not alone with the dent in the therapy room. He began inviting to the sessions the family members. people who are contributing to the problem and people who will come up and help to find solutions. The radical difference was that; The Palo Alto Group was not preoccupied with searching the reasons why there is a problem. Their emphasis was to find a solution to the problems the individual or the family is having. Therefore they always asked how change is possible. Another major shift in therapy was that: they focused not on the "intra-psychic" phenomena but on the relationships. Hence the terms 'interactional' and 'systemic'. They assumed that, if you can manage to change the interaction (behavior) or the system (how the family gets organized around the problem) you can overcome the problem. Another contribution was that the new map or the new paradigm was large enough to allow the therapist to incorporate and use varieties of techniques that belong to other approaches without any confusion. In '50s and '60s therapy used to take couple of sessions a week for many years. The Interactional or the Systemic approach heaped reduce the number of sessions per client to an average of 7-15 sessions. They coined the term 'Brief' to described their approach. Traditionally the new approach took several names: Interactional Therapy, Family Therapy, Brief Strategic Family Therapy, Systemic Family Therapy, Solution Focus Therapy and some others. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Especially when trauma is particularly having a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR 18 a "life saver" for the therapist. Our learning objectives are: 1. to describe basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Brief Strategic Family Therapy 2 to explain the rationale of integrating EMDR and BSFT 3 to demonstrate skills on designing and implementing an intervention. The innovative view which stands behind this workshop is that the BSFT and EMDR can be efficiently integrated, which has not been frequentiy addressed in previous literature. At times the therapist may need to intervene in the process by using interventions other than BSFT EMDR very nicely serves this purpose without causing any mental confusion on the part of the therapist and the client.

Keywords: Brief Strategic Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

171. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be discussed. 1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized. Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation, assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals: - I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better. - If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure. - I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right. - I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything. Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc. 2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues: - fear/terror and associated avoidance - sense of powerlessnesshelplessness - responsibility/accountability - safety - self, others, environment - self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable - lack of individuation - dependency - anger - grief/mouming - trust/mistrust - fear of abandonment - guilt/self-blame - shame/self-loathing With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed. 3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and issues addressed via EMDR include: - Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development - Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive and vital self-image. The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

172. Wade, T., & Wade, D. (2001, January-April). Integrative psychotherapy: Combining ego-state therapy, clinical hypnosis, and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in a psychosocial developmental context. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 233-245. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404279.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The principles of this conceptual framework are: (1) personality organization is dissociative as well as associative, consisting of ego states, and progresses through stages of psychosocial development; (2) inappropriately activated ego states cause dysfunction, which is habitual or due to the intense affect of disrupted development or unresolved grief or trauma; (3) completely overcoming dysfunction requires therapy with both individual ego states and the personality system; (4) clinical hypnosis provides techniques to enhance accessing ego states; and (5) EMDR combines ego-state therapy with eye movements (EMs) to produce a powerful psychotherapy method. During assessment, ego states responsible for dysfunctional emotional reactions and behavior are identified together with those that could be appropriate instead. Included in the treatment protocol, EMs and clinical hypnosis promote: (1) corrective developmental experiences; (2) resolution of grief and trauma; (3) acquisition of skills and abilities; (4) co-consciousness; and (5) negotiation among ego states. The outcome is an integrated “family of self” that has effectively overcome developmental crises, grief, and trauma, is aware of essential inner resources, and can consciously activate appropriate ego states. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Clinical Hypnosis  Ego  Ego-State Therapy  Hypnotherapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Review  Multimodal Treatment Approach  Psychosocial Development  Psychosocial Developmental Context  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

173. Miller, K. (2013, May). The intricacies of time orientation: Going beyond “What year is this? . Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dual attention is necessary for successful EMDR trauma reprocessing. This implies the client has sufficient time orientation, knowing the feelings are from a memory and the event is not happening now. Complex trauma and PTSD’s component of flashbacks and reliving requires that clinicians have a myriad of time orientation skills readily available when needed. EMDR therapists need to be especially attentive to this issue because of the high intensity of affect EMDR can stimulate. This 90 minute workshop will teach the art and intricacies of time orientation within an EMDR framework. Lecture, case transcripts and video clips will show the power, depth and art of time orientation skills. Learning Objectives: • Describe the theoretical reason why time orientation skills are • Necessary when using EMDR with PTSD and complex trauma • Describe the EMDR Standard Protocol Phase where the majority of time orientation interventions are used. • Describe 5 ways to time orient a client • Understand the power of time orientation to stabilize a client when using EMDR.

Keywords: Orientation Interventions  Time Orientation Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

174. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2011, August). Intro to EMDR performance enhancement psychology: A twenty year update. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology can address clinical issues such as performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibitions, PTSD, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes; it can also be very useful with everyday non-pathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks and life transitions. Lendl and Foster initiated EMDR-PEP in 1991. This workshop will be a twenty year update to the introduction of EMDR-PEP. There will be a brief history of EMDR-PEP, research, AIP theory, and useful performance skills that therapists can integrate into their work with clients. The workshop will include lecture, role playing demo with group practice and, hopefully, time for questions.

Keywords: Performance Enhancement  Update  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

175. Cohen, A. (2012, May). A long-term grief counseling group for adult survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Saint Mary’s College of California, Moraga, CA. 1514521.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The purpose of this project was to propose a long-term, theoretically sound and research supported person-centered grief counseling group for adult women who were sexually abused as children. A review of the literature indicated that child abuse survivors can benefit from supportive group counseling; sharing a context of common experience seems to aid in their healing process. The proposed program recognizes the need to provide women who were abused with a trusting, social environment that helps to remove the secrecy and isolation, decrease the feelings of shame and self-blame, and increase self-esteem and self-worth. The integration of a nondirective approach with grief counseling creates a more comprehensive approach in which to support the development of social skills and healthy and trusting relationships. The group is structured for survivors to share their experiences, heal from their traumas, and find the tools to move forward into happier, healthier, and better functioning lives.

Keywords: Adult Survivors  Childhood Sexual Abuse  Person-Centered Group Counseling  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

176. Lovell, K. (2011). Lovell, Karina. In D. J. Stein, M. J. Friedman, and Carlos Blanco (Eds.), Post-traumatic stress disorder (pp. 208-210). Wiley-Blackwell.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Comments on the original article by R. A. Bryant (see record 2011-21915-016) regarding psychological interventions for trauma exposure and PTSD. Systematic reviews demonstrate that of the CBT interventions, exposure-based interventions are considered the treatment of choice for PTSD. However, what is most striking about this chapter is the dearth of literature focusing on the essential components of the evidence-based interventions for PTSD. Thus, despite the increasing evidence base, there remains ambiguity concerning the 'active ingredients' of CBT and EMDR interventions for PTSD, including the specific content of the intervention, the delivery style, where the intervention should take place and the skills and expertise required to deliver it. It could be argued that we have two evidence-based interventions but that they are not being implemented into the clinical arena by therapists for a variety of reasons, we don't know whether they are acceptable to patients and there is a lack of literature concerning the critical ingredients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavior Therapy  Evidence Based Practice  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Psychotherapy  Trauma  Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

177. Neunuebel, C. L. (2010, July). Making EMDR user friendly for Asians. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Making EMDR User Friendly For Asians: 1. Training Asians in EMDR • Issues of confidentiality • Fears of being judged by colleagues • School systems in Asia being shame based • Shame in speaking about personal issues • Poor knowledge of own emotions • Issues of fate and karma • Need for Asian facilitators to be assertive with authority figures • Hesitancy of Asian trainees to ask questions • Western facilitators receive more compliance but need for Asian facilitators • Need for translated material to be in colloquial language • Need for Asian vignettes. 2. Practicing EMDR by Asian practitioners and for Asian clients: • Problems with extremes – SUD’s and VOC, • Clients struggle with emphasis on individual not family, • Loss of face for practitioner to use manual, • Most Asian clients have poor imaginative or visualization skills, • Physical sensations are more available than emotions, • Lack of anger at abusive family members and authority figures, • Issues of ghosts and superstitions. 3. Supervision of Asian EMD, • Provide supervisees of own mistakes, • Providing supervision in countries where there are no consultants or facilitators, • Can provide Western supervisors-but best might be co-leading supervision with a local practitioner. My material for this presentation has been developed over 13 years of using EMDR with Asian clients and from 10 years of providing facilitation and supervision for EMDR trainees. Also my many years in Asia, speaking the languages and having been partly raised by Chinese nannies, have given me an understanding of Asian values, family organization and taboos. I would like this workshop to provide a springboard for discussions with the attendees in collecting other ides for making EMDR Asian friendly.

Keywords: Asians  Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

178. Greenwald, R., Lebeau, T. M., & Lemay, J. (2008, Mai). MASTR (Greenwald, 2005), un modèle de traitement pour jeunes avec des problèmes de conduite qui tient compte du trauma [The MASTR Protocol (Greenwald, 2005) is a treatment model for youths experiencing conduct problems with a trauma focused framework]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Le modèle «conte de fées» et la thérapie MASTR pour traiter les traumatismes chez les jeunes ont été développés par Dr. Ricky Greenwald. Il s’agit d’un protocole thérapeutique préparatoire pour faciliter l’EMDR avec les préadolescents et adolescents. Ce modèle a permis d’obtenir des résultats intéressants pour ce qui est de l’intervention face à divers comportements problématiques, notamment les troubles de la conduite, l’agression, la violence familiale, la maltraitance et l’abus de substances. Cette présentation propose un survol des éléments du cadre théorique, un résumé des résultats de recherche en appui au modèle et l’enseignement d’habiletés cliniques qui tiennent compte du trauma pour effectuer l’évaluation et la planification du traitement. À l’aide d’exercices pratiques, d’une démonstration et d’un extrait vidéo, les quatre premières séances seront abordées : la prise de contact, l’histoire des traumas ou des pertes, le rêve d’avenir et le contrat.

The Fairy Tale Model and MASTR Protocol in the treatment of traumas in youths were both developed by Dr. Ricky Greenwald. It’s a protocol designed to prepare for and to facilitate EMDR processing with pre-teens and teens. This approach provides interesting results with a wide array of problem behaviour: aggression, family violence, substance abuse, etc. This workshop’s goal is to present the theoretical framework for this model, the results of studies supporting its use, as well as teaching clinical skills that take into account the trauma history when evaluating and planning for treatment. This workshop will focus on the first 4 sessions: contact – history taking (trauma & losses) – dreams for the future – and the therapeutic contract. Practices, demonstrations and video excerpts will be provided.

Keywords: Adolescents  Fairy Tale Model, MASTR Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

179. Kannan, L. (2008, September). Meditation integrated EMDR as an effective technique for post trauma stress: An empirical study. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is essential to adapt EMDR to the culture specific complex demands of family trauma among Asian Indians. This presentation highlights empirical data on the effectiveness of an innovative technique i.e. Meditation Integrated EMDR (MIE) (Vipassana Mindfulness meditation + pranayama + EMDR) with those undergoing post trauma disorders after a family trauma. It introduces the participants to the theoretical basis and techniques of both MIE and EMDR, its adaptations and trains participants to apply to clients. The impact of therapy on SE, LOC, coping styles and overall QOL and their role as predictors of recovery is emphasized. Thus, participants gain a powerful strategy for the holistic treatment of familial trauma like divorce, infidelity, grief, domestic violence.

Keywords: Meditation  Post Traumatic Stress  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

180. Kutz, I., & Bleich, A. (2005). Mental health interventions in a general hospital following terrorist attacks:  The Israeli experience. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment and Trauma, 10(1/2), 425-437. doi:10.1300/J146v10n01_10.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Over three years of repeated terrorist attacks in Israel have shown that the victims suffering from acute stress syndromes constitute the bulk of the casualties. The large number of psychological victims presents an immediate problem of hospital surge capacity. The need for alleviating acute suffering and preventing chronic, disabling posttraumatic syndromes requires organizational and clinical skills. The article reviews deployment and intervention protocols for the treatment of victims and affected staff members in a general hospital setting. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder  ASD  Crisis  Emergency Rooms  Group Psychotherapy  Israelis  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Survivors  Terrorism  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

181. Siegel, I. (2012, October). Mindful awareness and the role of resonance within EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is experiential and informational, describing the use of tools of intuitive mindful skills and resonance within EMDR protocol. Theories and research will be presented reflecting the convergence of psychology, science, and spirituality. Relationship to brain integration and processing will be linked to tools of intuitive processes within expanded awareness and an interconnected field of energy and informational flow between therapist and client. Participants will identify internal feedback mechanisms through the use of guided imagery, leading to a nonlinear, moment to moment integrative therapy. Applications to the EMDR process and attachment issues will be discussed through case presentation.

Keywords: Mindful Awareness  Protocol  Resonance  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

182. Siegel, D. J. (2007, September). The mindful brain: Reflection and attunement in the cultivation of well-being. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Mindful awareness has been scientifically proven to promote social, emotional and physical well-being and is an effective part of psychotherapy practice. Research has demonstrated that mindful awareness is useful in the prevention of relapse of drug addiction and chronic depression, and in the treatment of anxiety and borderline personality disorder. This ancient practice of being fully aware in the present moment, without grasping onto judgments, has been found in cultures throughout the world. This lecture will explore the possible ways in which mindfulness may actually work to enrich our lives and be a part of EMDR and effective psychotherapy. The state of mindful awareness harnesses specific social and emotional circuits in the brain. With practice, this receptive state of mindfulness becomes a trait of resilience. The development of these “resonance circuits” creates an integrated brain state that creates the benefits of improved immune and cardiac function, enhanced empathy and self-understanding, and a deeper connection to oneself and others.

Keywords: Brain  Mindfulness  Plenary  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

183. Corrigan, F. (2002). Mindfullness, dissociation, EMDR and the anterior cingulate cortex:  A hypothesis. Contemporary Hypnosis, 19(1), 8-17. doi:10.1002/ch.235.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Hypotheses on the neurobiology of a mindfulness-dissociation continuum are presented. Crucial to the hypotheses are the observations of a reciprocal interaction between the cognitive and affective subdivisions of the anterior cingulate cortex and the unilateral activation of right anterior cingulate in hypnotic dissociation and in post-traumatic syndromes. It is proposed that the unilateral activation can cause a loss of the reciprocal relationship between the subdivisions and that in the case of peri-traumatic dissociation the subsequent syndrome responds to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) through restoration of the bilateral activation and reinstatement of the reciprocal relationship between the subdivisions. Bilateral activation of the cognitive subdivisions is proposed to underlie the attentional state of concentration mindfulness in which affect is well regulated. Copyright © 2002 British Society of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis

Keywords: Anterior Cingulate Cortex  Bilateral Activation  Dissociation  Emotional Trauma  Gyrus Cinguli  Hypnosis  Hypnotic Dissociation  Mindfulness  Posttraumatic Syndromes  Reciprocal Interaction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

184. Greene, J. (2010, April/Mayl). Mindfulness and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This session explores the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, specifically in relation to strengthening client affect tolerance, body awareness, observer capacity and self-acceptance. These skills are particularly useful in the Preparation phase of EMDR in order to build a strong foundation for the Desensitization phase of the Trauma Protocol. We will look at Mindfulness techniques, combined with Resource Development and Installation (RDI), that are useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Research linking Mindfulness with neural plasticity and neural integration will be highlighted. The session includes lecture, case review and short experiential Mindfulness exercises.

Keywords: Mindfulness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

185. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.

Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

186. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Mindfulness as a stabilisation tools for trauma processing. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Both EMDR and Trauma-Focused CBT are the two main recommended treatments for symptoms of trauma meeting diagnostic criteria for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder.
In accordance with current literature, contrasting the use of Trauma-Focused CBT with EMDR, it has been found in practise by the author that overall, clients using EMDR experience significantly less long-term distress and appears to process much more quickly than clients engaging in trauma-focused CBT. However, the effect of bodily sensations does not tend to differ between the two groups nor does flashbacks or dissociative tendencies.
Specifically, dissociation is not uncommon in traumatised clients and in clients with a diagnosis of post traumatic stress disorder. The existence of dissociative tendencies can pose a realistic problem in effectively processing traumatic memories, regardless of whether the method being used is trauma-focused cognitive-behavioural exposure-based methods or EMDR.
Mindfulness has been utilised by the Author as a stabilisation method for reducing dissociation in clients, prior to trauma processing (CEP conference – Darker-Smith, 2005) and has since been found to reduce dissociation on the DES scale, when measured pre and post teaching clients the basics of the MBSR programme (taught on a 1-to-1 basis).
Equally, the level of flashbacks and bodily reactions subside dramatically when Mindfulness is taught prior to trauma processing, compared with clients who engage in trauma processing without any form of stabilisation.
The author has not found any evidence that the use of Mindfulness body-scan increases traumatic body memory in trauma survivors.
The purpose of this workshop is to explore the application of mindfulness, through experiencing aspects of the Mindfulness programme. Case studies will be presented to demonstrate the application of mindfulness as a stabilisation took, paying specific attention to clients with dissociative tendencies and personality disorders evolving from trauma.
In addition, role plays between participants will be used to practise the skills of mindfulness in relation to stabilisation prior to trauma processing.

Keywords: Mindfulness  Poster  Stabilization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

187. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Mindfulness meditation to enable attenuation on imagined exposure in PTSD - A single case study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Mindfulness mediation (based on Buddhist meditative techniques) has previously been advocated for depression relapse prevention and chronic pain reduction in former research trials (Teasdale; Kabat-zinn, etc.). Because the practice of mindfulness relates to body scans and focusing attention upon the body, it has been advised that it may cause problems in using such a method for sexual abuse and rape survivors, although no research appears to have been carried out in this area. In a single case study of child-sexual-abuse adult survivor who frequently dissociated and experienced “flashbacks” during clinical sessions, the methods of Mindfulness Mediation were introduced to her, in an attempt to keep an awareness of her surroundings whilst doing imagined exposure in for PDSD (post duress stress disorder). From dissociative phases, flashbacks and cognitive avoidance of stimuli, the client became able to focus on the traumatic information being presented and to emotionally relate and process trauma memories, which previously she had been unable to do. Her ability to attenuate upon traumatic information was increased, habituation was easier from a clinical perspective, her anxiety levels decreased (BAI) and her depression levels eased (BDI). (N.B. The client’s improved anxiety and depression scores may have been due to Mindfulness Mediation practices or to the processing of highly emotive information).
Conclusion: Mindfulness Meditation can be a useful adjunct to trauma processing when imagined exposure is being implemented for PTSD/PDSD for processing of un-integrated traumatic information, where dissociation, cognitive avoidance or flashbacks occur within the context of treatment, creating a barrier to habituation from traumatic information. [Two statistical charts which accompanied this abstract in the Conference Program entry have not been included here.]

Keywords: Attenuation  Case Study  Imagined Exposure  Mindfulness  Poster  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

188. Sun, T.-F.; Wu, C.-K.; Chiu, N.-M. (2004年，6月). Mindfulness meditation training combined with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in psychotherapy of an elderly patient. Chang Gung Medical Journal, 27(6), 464-469.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
We present our experiences with an elderly patient with depression that was attributed to a surge of physical ailments who also had trauma-derived fear of having to undergo a tracheotomy. He refused pharmacotherapy and was offered intensive training in Mindfulness Meditation (MM) plus Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy during the 2 weeks of hospitalization. This treatment combination had not been used previously. We suggest that EMDR eliminated his fear of surgery, whereas MM relieved his depression and attendant anxiety. However, the two techniques appeared to work synergistically. Following his discharge, he continued to practice MM, which prevented the recurrence of emotional distress, and even helped to reduce its causative physical symptoms. We offer an explanation for the success of our combined treatments and discuss the potential usefulness in specific psychotherapeutic situations. We also propose a place for MM within general geriatric care, and point out the reluctance to consider the therapeutic value of meditation. (Chang Gung Med J 2004;27:464-9) Key words:

Keywords: Case Report  Depression  Geriatrics  Meditation  Mindfulness  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

189. Radke, M. (2004, September). Mindfulness meets EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma interferes with living in the present moment; mindfulness expands awareness of the present. It is a helpful adjunct to therapy by increasing the client's dual focus of the "observing self' while processing past material. This workshop will apply mindfulness to EMDR protocol in these specific areas: safe place, resource accessing and installing, feedback of present beliefs, feelings and sensation, looping and cognitive interweaves. Bilaterally stimulated relaxation exercises will be offered to enhance mindfulness. It will also be used to bracket and contain unfinished material as well as aid between-session integration.

Keywords: Mindfulness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

190. van der Kolk, B. A., Kornfield, J., Siegel, D., & Shapiro, F. (2009, December). Mindfulness, trauma, healing and the spirit. Panel discussion at the 6th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Healing  Mindfulness  Panel  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

191. Greenwald, R. (2002). Motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy for adolescents with conduct problems: An open trial. In R. Greenwald (Ed.), Trauma and juvenile delinquency: Theory, research, and interventions, (pp. 237-261). Binghamton, NY: Haworth Maltreatment and Trauma Press/The Haworth Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Published simultaneously as Journal of Agression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 6(10, (#11) 2002.

Keywords: Adolescents  Americans  Clinical Trial  Cognitive Therapy  Depressive Disorders  Disruptive Behavior Disorders  High School Students  Individual Psychotherapy  Junior High School Students  Preadolescents  School Based Treatment  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

192. Greenwald, R. (2002). Motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy for adolescents with conduct problems:  An open trial. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment and Trauma, 6(1), 237-261. doi:10.1300/J146v06n01_12.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Trauma is proposed as a key to understanding the development and persistence of adolescent conduct problems, in conjunction with other contributing factors. A trauma-focused individual therapy approach is presented as one example of how this population might be more effectively treated. This approach features motivational interviewing, self-control training (cognitive-behavioral therapy), and trauma resolution (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing). This paper reports on an open trial of six adolescents with school and conduct problems who received school-based Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) treatment. Reductions in post-traumatic stress, related symptoms, and problem behaviors, along with improved school performance, indicate the value of further study of this treatment approach. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Adolescents  Americans  Clinical Trial  Cognitive Therapy  Depressive Disorders  Disruptive Behavior Disorders  High School Students  Individual Psychotherapy  Junior High School Students  Preadolescents  School Based Treatment  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

193. Zangwill, W. M., & Kosminsky, P. (2002, December). The need to strengthen the mindfulness component of EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(4), 4-5.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Since we began using it in our work (12 and 5 years ago, respectively) we have found EMDR to be the most powerful and effective form of therapy we have ever used. Most of our EMDR work has ir~volvedh ealing the wounds caused by past traumas and hurts, and helping to weaken clients' underlying maladaptive schemas. For the past few years, however, we have become increasingly aware of the need to put greater emphasis on another aspect of EMDR -that of Mindfulness.

Keywords: Meditation  Mindfulness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

194. Forgash, C. (2007, September). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health: an EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR and Ego State integrated treatment provides a clinical model for dealing with health problems in complex trauma survivors. Health problems are made more complex by the presence of dissociative disorders and PTSD symptoms in adult survivors. This presentation will focus on the treatment of these disorders. EMDR and Ego State techniques will be utilized to help the CTS patient: a) manage triggers and avoid re-traumatization, hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess traumatic events; b) become assertive health consumers and deal with medical/dental procedures and tests; c) learn skills such as rehearsal, identifying problems, planning visits, etc.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Ego State Therapy  Integrated Treatment  Phased Treatment Plan  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

195. Forgash, C. (2008, June). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health: An EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop, EMDR and Ego state integrated treatment will be presented as a clinical model for dealing with current life and health problems which the presence of dissociation and PTSD exacerbates for complex trauma survivors (CTS). There are intertwined problems that are made more complex by the presence of dissociative disorders in adult CTS. First: there are negative sequelae of childhood abuse on the physical and mental health of adult CTS. Second, there are specific health problems predominant in this population which often are untreated, misdiagnosed and ignored by physicians and EMDR therapists. Third: CTS have difficulties addressing their health needs, accessing health care, and functioning effectively as health care consumers. Preventative care and good health care may be minimal for this population. This presentation will focus on the development of an EMDR treatment plan to successfully work with dissociative and PTSD disorders prevalent in these patients. Specialized Ego State techniques will be introduced in each phase of EMDR treatment to help the patient stabilize: manage triggers and avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting; effectively deal with avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess earlier traumatic events which are at the root of these problems, (these may include iatrogenic events and specific physical problems seemingly related to current health problems, which actually result from early trauma); and become assertive health consumers. Skills development needed by the CTS to become empowered and competent health consumers, such as rehearsal, identifying problems, planning visits etc will also be included in the plan. [This slide presentation has a two page "References" bibliograhy issued separately.(PDF 6065)]

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

196. Cooke, L. J. & Grand, C. (2009). The neruobiology of eating disorders, affect regulation skills, and EMDR in the treating of eating disorders. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more (1st Ed.) (pp. 129-150). New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co..

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Affect Regulation  Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

197. Lanius, U. (2008, September). The neurobiology of dissociation: Current findings and treatment approaches. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Current research in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation is discussed and its connection to a wide variety of traumatic stress syndromes and attachment related disorders. Dissociation is a normal and adaptive response to overwhelming experience. At the same time, dissociative symptoms interfere with mindfulness and the continuity of self. Moreover, information processing becomes compromised or shut down, thus barring the integration and resolution of the traumatic experience. Thus, dissociation interferes with effective psychotherapeutic intervention. Therefore, addressing dissociative symptoms is essential for positive treatment outcomes. A neurobiological model is described that guides therapeutic interventions and integrates diverse approaches that include not only EMDR, but also mindfulness, body therapy approaches, ego-state interventions, sensory integration, as well as neurobiologically based interventions. Participants will become familiar with interventions that reduce dissociative symptoms, as well as when and how to use them to maximize treatment effects.

Keywords: Dissociation  Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

198. Lewis, B. (2009, July 4). New PTSD program answers need for comprehensive treatment. U.S. Department of Defense News Release.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract: The first few weeks focus on learning basic coping skills such as how to reduce anxiety and fight fear, as well as yoga and meditation for relaxation. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, an evidence-based practice for treating PTSD, is also conducted during the early phases of the treatment program.

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

199. Jaspers, J. (2011, March). Over behandeleffectiviteit en verandermechanismen [About treatment effectiveness and change mechanisms]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 39(1), 3-4.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract: In het vorige nummer van Psychologie & Gezondheid schreef Remco Havermans een kritische forumbijdrage over mindfulness. Zijn stelling, dat de werkzaamheid van mindfulnessmeditatie nog onvoldoende is aangetoond om de toepassing ervan in de gezondheidszorg te rechtvaardigen, wordt in dit nummer beargumenteerd tegengesproken door Maya Schroevers en haar collega’s en door Ivan Nyklíček. Zijmenen dat het effectonderzoek naar mindfulness weliswaar nog uitgebreider en beter kan, maar dat het onderzoek tot nu toe voldoende evidentie heeft opgeleverd om toepassing te rechtvaardigen. Nyklíčekmerkt hierbij op dat in de psychologie een nieuwe therapie meestal eerst in de klinische praktijk jarenlang wordt toegepast voordat wetenschappelijk deugdelijk wordt onderzocht of de therapie wel werkt. Havermans blijkt verre van overtuigd en fileert de aangedragen evidentie genadeloos. Deze interessante discussie roept de vraag op wanneer we een behandeling evidence based mogen noemen. Het standpunt dat hiervan pas sprake kan zijn als gecontroleerd onderzoek de effectiviteit van de behandeling heeft aangetoond, zal door de meeste vakgenoten worden onderschreven. Maar wat is ‘gecontroleerd onderzoek’? Volstaat een wachtlijstcontrolegroep of moet de (nieuwe) behandeling worden vergeleken met andere actieve interventies, waarvan al eerder de effectiviteit is aangetoond? Ook de relatie tussen praktijk en theorie is interessant. Afgezien van de vraag of de opmerking van Nyklíček nog steeds hout snijdt in deze tijd van evidence based interventies, is het wel verantwoord om op grote schaal een nieuwe psychologische interventie toe te passen als de effectiviteit of specifieke werkzaamheid nog niet is aangetoond? Havermans meent dat men een nieuwe gedragstherapeutische interventie ontwikkelt op basis van veelbelovende klinische observaties en gedragswetenschap, met andere woorden er moet ook een theoretische onderbouwing van de interventie zijn. Voor dit laatste is inderdaad veel te zeggen, maar de geschiedenis leert dat de theorieën die aanvankelijk als verklaring voor de werkzaamheid van de interventie werden geformuleerd, meestal bij nader inzien de toets van de wetenschappelijke kritiek niet konden doorstaan. Onderzoek in de traditie van de experimentele psychopathologie (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) heeft al heel wat reinigend werk verricht op theoretisch gebied. Op de keper beschouwd is van heel wat evidence based interventies aangetoond dat deze effectief zijn, maar hoe deze werken is veelal nog onduidelijk of voor de theoretische onderbouwing ervan is nog onvoldoende steun gevonden. Het laatste Najaarscongres van de Vereniging voor Gedragstherapie en Cognitieve Therapie (VGCT) had als thema ‘Change. Verandermechanismen en cognitieve gedragstherapie’. Tijdens het congres werd duidelijk dat over de verandermechanismen van evidence based interventies nog veel onduidelijkheid bestaat en dat het onderzoek hiernaar soms verrassende resultaten laat zien (Jaspers, 2011). Het is bepaald niet alleen EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), waarover de theoretische inzichten zijn veranderd, ook al bestaat over de werkzaamheid van de interventie geen twijfel. In het volgend nummer van Psychologie & Gezondheid leest u hier meer over. In dit nummer vindt u nog een forumbijdrage, waarin de spreekwoordelijke knuppel in het hoenderhok wordt gegooid. De prikkelende titel ‘Huidige behandeling depressie is weggegooid geld’ nodigt op zijn minst uit tot lezing. Hoezo weggegooid geld? Als er een probleem is waarvoor evidence based behandelingen bestaan, is het immers depressie. Kok en collega’s laten echter zien dat ondanks de enorme bedragen die jaarlijks in Nederland worden uitgegeven aan de behandeling van depressie, in de huidige financiering van de gezondheidszorg nog onvoldoende rekening wordt gehouden met het hoge risico op terugval bij depressie. Het door velen, om uiteenlopende redenen verfoeide DBC-systeem (Diagnose Behandel Combinatie) ontmoedigt om langdurig met behandelingen door te gaan. Bestaande effectieve interventies om het risico op terugval te verminderen worden nauwelijks toegepast, terwijl deze bij de behandeling van een vaak chronische aandoening als depressie uitdrukkelijk zijn aangewezen. Hiermee wijzen de auteurs impliciet op een belangrijke tekortkoming van het bestaande effectonderzoek: het gebrek aan evaluatie van de langetermijneffecten van de onderzochte interventie. Ook voor psychologische interventies bij depressie is duidelijk dat deze werkzaam zijn. En al geldt ook voor depressie dat we nog lang niet weten wat de specifieke werkingsmechanismen zijn (hoe deze werken), de noodzaak van implementatie van evidence based interventies om terugval te vermijden of uit te stellen kan niet genoeg worden benadrukt. Het recidiverend karakter maakt depressie immers tot een aandoening met zowel hoge maatschappelijke kosten als een zeer hoge ziektelast, lijdensdruk en risico op suïcide.

In the previous issue of Psychology & Health Havermans Jim wrote a critical forum posting about mindfulness. His thesis, that the efficacy of mindfulness meditation is insufficient evidence to its application in health care to justify, this issue argued contradicted by Schroevers Maya and her colleagues and by Ivan Nyklicek. Zijmenen mindful that the impact study, while still more extensive and better, but that the investigation so far has yielded enough evidence to justify the application. Nyklíčekmerkt in psychology here that a new therapy in clinical practice usually first applied for years before being properly scientifically investigated whether the therapy works. Havermans appears far from convinced the fillets and put forward evidence mercilessly. This interesting discussion raises the question if we may call evidence-based treatment. The view that this only if there can be controlled study the efficacy of treatment has shown, most colleagues will be endorsed. But what is 'controlled study'? Is a waiting list control group or to the (new) treatment are compared with other active interventions whose effectiveness has already been demonstrated? The relationship between practice and theory is interesting. Apart from the question whether the remark Nyklicek still holds water in this era of evidence-based interventions, it is widely recognized for a new psychological intervention should be as specific activity or effectiveness is not proven? Havermans believes that a new behavioral intervention developed on the basis of promising clinical observations and behavioral science, in other words, there is also a theoretical justification for the intervention. For the latter is indeed much to say, but history shows that the theories initially as an explanation for the efficacy of the intervention were formulated, mostly on closer inspection the test of scientific criticism could not stand. Research in the tradition of experimental psychopathology (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) has a lot of work cleaning the theoretical field. On closer examination of many evidence-based interventions shown to be effective, but how they work is often unclear whether the theoretical substantiation is found insufficient support. The last Autumn Congress of the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapy (VGCt)'s theme was "Change. Change mechanisms and cognitive behavioral therapy. During the conference it became clear that the change mechanisms of evidence-based interventions much uncertainty and that the research on this surprising results show (Jaspers, 2011). It provides not only EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing), which the theoretical views have changed, even as to the efficacy of the intervention no doubt. In the next issue of Psychology & Health You can read more about. In this issue you will find a forum posting where the proverbial cat among the pigeons thrown. The provocative title "Current treatment depression is a waste of money 'invites at least into reading. Why wasted? If there is a problem for which evidence-based treatments exist, it is indeed depression. Cook and colleagues reveal that despite the enormous sums spent each year in the Netherlands for the treatment of depression in the current financing of health care is still insufficiently taken into account the high risk of relapse in depression. By many, for various reasons detested system DBC (Diagnosis Treatment Combination) discourages long-term treatments to continue. Existing effective interventions to reduce the risk of relapse are rarely used, while in the treatment of a chronic condition such as depression often explicitly designated. This, the authors implied a major weakness in the current outcome research: the lack of evaluation of the long-term effects of the tested intervention. For psychological interventions for depression is clear that this work. And already includes a long depression that we do not know the specific mechanisms of action (how they work), the necessity of implementation of evidence-based interventions to prevent relapse or delay can not be overstated. The recurrent nature makes depression after a disease with both high social cost as a very high disease burden, distress and risk of suicide.

Keywords: Change Mechanisms  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

200. Lipke, H. (2011, August). An overview of EMDR. Author.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a method of psychotherapy developed by psychologist Francine Shapiro as a treatment for psychological distress associated with trauma, when she chanced to notice a connection between a decrease in her own emotional distress over a personal concern after having spontaneously moved her eyes back and forth. Integrating her eye movement (em) observation with aspects of, at least, imaginal exposure, cognitive therapy, psychodynamic therapy, and mindfulness teachings, and adding an early positive psychology idea, Shapiro developed a treatment, which she informally tested. Shapiro (1989a) first systematically tested her work in a wait list control study of 21 subjects recruited from local mental health centers, including a DVA veteran readjustment center. Remarkably, all of her first 21 subjects showed profound single session desensitization effects. In addition, Shapiro (1989b) published a case study in a journal edited by Joseph Wolpe, an originator of behavior therapy, in which Wolpe, in an editorial footnote, endorsed Shapiro’s rapid effects from his own informal replication. [Excerpt]

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

201. Hasanovic, M., Pajevic, I., Morgan, S., & Kravic, N. (2011, May). P03-140 - EMDR training for mental health therapists in postwar Bosnia-Herzegovina who work with psycho-traumatized population for increasing their psychotherapy capacities. European Psychiatry, 26(Supplement 1), 1309. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(11)73014-0 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
After war 1992–1995 in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BH), whole population was highly psych-traumatized. Mental health therapists had no enough capacities to meet needs of population. They are permanently in need to increase their psychotherapy capacities. EMDR is a powerful, state-of-the-art treatment. Its effectiveness and efficacy has been validated by extensive research. National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) recommended it as one of two trauma treatments of choice.
Aim: To describe non profit, humanitarian approach in sharing skills of Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitization (EMDR) to mental health therapists in BH from Humanitarian Assistance Program (HAP) of UK & Ireland.
Method: Authors described educational process considering the history of idea and its realization through training levels and process of supervision.
Results: Highly skilled and internationally approved trainers from HAP UK & Ireland came four times to Psychiatry Department of University Clinical Center Tuzla in BH where they provided completed EMDR training for 24 trainees: neuro- psychiatrists, residents of neuro-psychiatry and psychologists from eight different health institutions from six different cities in BH. After finishing training process, trainees are obliged to practice their EMDR therapy in daily practice with real clients under the supervision process of HAP UK & Ireland trainers to become certified EMDR therapists. Regarding big physical distance between supervisors and trainees, supervision will be realized via Skype Internet technology.
Conclusion Psychotherapy capacities of mental health psychotherapists in postwar BH could be increased with enthusiastic help of EMDR trainers from HAP UK&Ireland.

Keywords: Bosnia-Herzegovina  Mental Health Therapist  Post-War  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

202. Nickeson, C. (2000, September). Panic disorder and EMDR: A primer for getting started with this population. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will 1) be presented with the cognitive behavioral explanation of the dynamics of panic and agorphobia; 2) learn how to teach clients the basic skills they need in order to master their emotional reactions; and 3) learn how to use EMDR in each stage of treatment, that is, to address old memories and past incidents, current triggers, and to do future template work.

Keywords: Agoraphobia  Panic Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

203. Gerge, A. (2008, April). Phase I Preparations of severely traumatized women for exposure by extended EMDR-protocols in phase II treatment. Presentation at the 1st Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation offers a description of an integrative approach of group treatment within phase I treatment leaning on psychodynamic theory, a clear psycho-educative approach that uses methods as hypnosis/relaxation training/mindfulness training, aims for enhanced relational capacity and self-regulation by using hypnotic techniques aiming at enhanced containment capacity (Brown & Fromm, 1986; Kluft, 1993, 1999; Phillips & Fredericks 1995; Chu 1998; Cardeña et al., 2000). The treatment aims at enhanced capacity to mentalize, i.e., using the reflective functions in self-organization (Fonagy, 1997). This is considered to offer the participants an enhanced ”self soothing capacity” (Krystal 1988a,1988b), i. e., the capacity to calm and soothe the self by enhanced self regulation and capacity to rest, by helping the participants to reach experiential states where they can contain their own reactions, as well as offering training in order to tolerate and understand the signals of the body, i. e. the “felt sense” (Gendlin, 1978; Ogden, Minton, & Pain 2006). The trauma therapy within phase II-work by extended EMDRprotocols is exemplified with special focus on the restoration of the capacity for adequate self-care as well as care-giving functions. Learning Objectives: 1. To show how an integrative group treatment in phase I treatment can be used in trauma therapy for stabilization with patients with complex PTSD and high levels of dissociation (psychoform and/or somatoform co-morbidity). 2. Exemplify trauma-therapy within phase II work by extended EMDR-protocols addressing the special needs of continuous reinforcement of stabilization for the same population. 3. Focus on restoration of the capacity for adequate self-care as well as care giving functions.

Keywords: Trauma  Women  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

204. Potter, A., & Wesselmann, D. (2009, August). Phase-based trauma treatment of adults with problems of trauma and attachment: DBT and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as other complex psychiatric issues, have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation and attachments. Phase-based trauma treatment (DBT followed by EMDR) assists clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills and developing healthy interpersonal relationships during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation offers rationale and instruction for phase-based treatment with complex client populations. Case and video examples and the results of a small pilot project are utilized to illustrate topics presented.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy    

Accuracy Verified: Yes

205. Potter, A. E. (2005, September). Phase-based trauma treatment:  EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/ addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or severe mental illness often have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This presentation will explain the concepts of emotion regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients' difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with their ability to process traumatic memories with a minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation will offer rationale for phase-based treatment with certain client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be integrated into the second level of phase-based trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of exposure therapy for trauma processing. Additionally, this presentation will establish how skills learned in the initial phase of trauma treatment can be employed during EMDR positive resource development and as cognitive interweaves during EMDR trauma processing. Case and videotape examples will be utilized throughout the presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Stair  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

206. Potter, A. E. (2006, September). Phase-based trauma treatment:  EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/ addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or severe mental illness often have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This presentation will explain the concepts of emotion regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients' difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with their ability to process traumatic memories with a minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation will offer rationale for phase-based treatment with certain client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be integrated into the second level of phase-based trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of exposure therapy for trauma processing. Additionally, this presentation will establish how skills learned in the initial phase of trauma treatment can be employed during EMDR positive resource development and as cognitive interweaves during EMDR trauma processing. Case and videotape examples will be utilized throughout the presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Stair  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

207. Laliotis, D. (2011, August). Plateaus of responsibility, safety, and choices: Case conceptualization and treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is for EMDR clinicians seeking to deepen their understanding of EMDR case conceptualization and treatment planning incorporating the informational plateaus of Responsibility, Safety and Choices. These informational plateaus are being presented as developmental plateaus, where deficits in the memory network exist due to a lack of earlier positive experiences to master developmental tasks. Participants will be able to: develop a working definition of each of the plateaus that informs target memory selection and negative beliefs; develop a treatment plan distinguishing between primary and secondary issues; identify and implement present triggers and future template scenarios that address developmental deficits and skills.

Keywords: Choice  Responsibility  Safety  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

208. Daniel, J. (2000). Play therapy and EMDR. The Children’s Group Association Newsletter. Retrieved from http://www.cgta.net/newsletters/play_therapy.html November 16, 2011.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Children vary greatly in their ability to tolerate focusing on “the problem.” The wise EMDR therapist has various ways of approaching a traumatic memory or a current day problem to fit the tolerance level of the client. EMDR and the process of bilateral stimulation to address problematic material is one method of speeding up therapeutic work with children. However, when using bilateral stimulation with children I am simultaneously using my training as a family systems therapist, and the various play therapy strategies that were the backbone of my work with children before I learned EMDR or other alternative therapies. In a way, EMDR and the sand tray saved my professional life. In my first year of practice after my family therapy post-graduate training, I got a job at a family therapy clinic in Louisville, Kentucky. I was assigned to handle all referrals that came to the agency through a Victim Assistance grant. All of these were cases in which a child had been victim of some crime, and the majority were victims of abuse from some one other than a family member. You can imagine the population. Families who had found that a neighbor or teacher had abused their child were common. Both child and family were traumatized. My family therapy skills were good. But in addition to them I needed two things: a better way for children to communicate their feelings and a way to help both adults and children reduce the intensity of emotions around the trauma they had been through. Just (Continued from page 1) when I was beginning to feel that I was not up to the job, I learned EMDR. With this wonderful knowledge, I found I could help both children and adults move beyond the trauma and regain their grasp on the present moment, their strengths and their security. A deepening understanding of play therapy provided the additional communication tools I needed. Since Then I have never looked back, and find that our field is continually generating new perspectives and more efficient tools for us to use.

Keywords: Children  Play Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

209. Stramrood, C., Paarlberg, K. M., Vingerhoets, A. J., van den Berg, P. P., & van Pampus, M. G. (2012, March). Posttraumatic stress following childbirth: Diagnosis, treatment and prevention. Poster presented at the 70th annual scientific meeting of the American Psychomatic Society, Athens, Greece.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Background: What to do with women who experienced childbirth as so traumatic that they keep having nightmares, flashbacks and problems concentrating, who do not want to become pregnant again or demand a cesarean section at the next delivery? One to two percent of women suffers from posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) following childbirth, which may affect mother-child bonding as well as future pregnancies. Methods: Based on current knowledge from literature, including own research, an overview will be presented of the prevalence, risk factors, diagnosis and treatment of PTSD following childbirth. Results: PTSD is an anxiety disorder affecting 1-2 percent of women after childbirth. Risk factors include [a] obstetric complications and interventions (emergency cesarean section, preterm birth), [b] history of psychiatric problems or depression/anxiety during pregnancy, [c] psychosocial factors (low coping skills, low social support). Furthermore, 50 percent of women with PTSD following childbirth also suffers from postpartum depression. When PTSD is suspected, clinicians can use the self-report measure Traumatic Event Scale-B to quantify symptoms, and refer to a psychiatrist/psychologist if necessary. Several studies indicate that spontaneous remission of PTSD following childbirth is uncommon. Possible negative consequences of the condition include insecure attachment of the infant, impaired partner relationship, avoiding future pregnancies and demanding a cesarean section in a subsequent pregnancy. Although these possible adverse outcomes justify treatment and prevention, effective interventions and prevention strategies have not been adequately researched in this patient group. International guidelines regarding PTSD in other (non-pregnant) populations point to eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) as the most promising treatments. Identification of women at risk, both during pregnancy and postpartum, is key to early intervention and possible prevention. Conclusions: Posttraumatic stress disorder following childbirth is a serious condition affecting 1-2 percent of postpartum women, with higher prevalence rates among women with complicated pregnancies/deliveries and those with a history of mental health issues. Adequate identification of women at risk and those with clinical symptoms is key to early intervention and eventually prevention.

Keywords: Childbirth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

210. Cornil, C. (2012, June). The power of now in EMDR [El poder del ahora en EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will be a theoretical, philosophical approach to the concept of time as utilized in EMDR. From the very beginning the concept of time plays a major role in the EMDR approach. At the basis of the AIP model lays the idea of memory networks frozen in time (Shapiro 1995). The information is dysfunctionally stored in the frozen now and can be triggered at any moment. In EMDR we all struggle with the now of the negative cognition. Patients do not understand and get confused when therapists ask about beliefs they have about themselves now as they think about the past. In trainings it is announced as the most difficult part of the EMDR protocol. But it is an essential part. The now is what is happening right at this moment. There is no past, only the present perception of the past. As there is no future, only the present perception of possibilities. The present is what one identifies with. When one sees, one believes: what is experienced at a certain moment becomes the felt reality in the now. When the patient is triggered into the perception of the child, she becomes the child and time shifts. The point this workshop wants to make is that change comes about as the patient stops identifying with the past thus making it the now, but instead is invited by the therapist to let things happen and to notice what moves. For time to exist movement is needed: the hands of the clock, the sun in the sky, the wrinkling of the skin all indicate time. Instead of trying to keep at a distance painful information which exists in an eternal now without movement, the client is invited just to observe the movement that can come about by taking the position of double attention: one leg in real time and one leg in no time. We will explore links with the process of mindfulness.

Este taller presentará un planteamiento teórico y filosófico al concepto del tiempo tal como se usa en EMDR. Desde el mismo comienzo, el concepto del tiempo ejerce una función fundamental en el planteamiento de EMDR. La idea de redes de recuerdos congelados en el tiempo se encuentra en los cimientos del modelo AIP (Shapiro, 1995). La información se almacena de forma disfuncional en el ahora congelado y que puede “dispararse” en cualquier momento. En EMDR, todos luchamos contra el ahora de la cognición negativa. Los pacientes no entienden y se confunden cuando el terapeuta pregunta por las creencias que tienen respecto a sí mismos ahora cuando piensan acerca del pasado. En las formaciones, se presenta como el elemento más difícil del protocolo de EMDR. No obstante, supone un elemento esencial. El ahora es lo que ocurre en este preciso momento. No existe el pasado, únicamente la percepción presente del pasado, al igual que no hay futuro, solamente la percepción presente de posibilidades. El presente es aquello con lo que uno se identifica. Cuando se ve, se cree: aquello que se vive en un momento dado se convierte en la realidad experimentada en el ahora. Cuando al paciente se le dispara hacia la percepción de la niña, se convierte en la niña y el tiempo cambia. Lo que pretende dejar claro este taller es que el cambio se produce a medida que el paciente deja de identificarse con el pasado, lo que lo convierte en el ahora, sino de la mano del terapeuta, permite que las cosas ocurran y se fija en lo que se mueve. Para que exista el tiempo, es necesario el movimiento: las manecillas del reloj, el sol en el cielo, el arrugar de la piel, todo indica tiempo. En lugar de intentar mantener distante la información dolorosa que existe en un ahora externo sin movimiento, se le invita al cliente a simplemente observar el movimiento que se puede producir al adoptar la postura de la atención escindida: con una pierna en el tiempo real y una en la intemporalidad. Exploraremos las relaciones con el proceso de “mindfulness” (conciencia plena).

Keywords: Power of Now  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

211. Klaff, F. (2005, September). Practical EMDR with children and adolescents:  An integrative family systems approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop offers creative and practical applications for integrating EMDR into child, adolescent and family systems therapy. Ways to introduce EMDR, uncover targets, adapt cognitive interweave to different ages and stages of development and assess and utilize parental involvement will be taught. Problems, such as resistance, family complexities and chronic versus crisis problems, will be addressed. Enhancement skills including affect management and ego strengthening will be taught. The how-to's of play, art, music and stories as vehicles for creatively using EMDR will be demonstrated. Cases involving ADHD, adoption, cutting, divorce, sexual abuse and other traumas will be illustrated with videos, scripts and roleplay. Dr. Klaff is known far her lively presentations, creativity and humor.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Integrative Family Systems Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

212. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach the key proven-effective methods used by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.

Keywords: Presentation Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

213. Greenwald, R. (2009, August). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.

Keywords: Presentation Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

214. Greenwald, R. (2010, September/October). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: M
any aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.

Keywords: Presentation Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

215. Greenwald, R. (2011, August). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.

Keywords: Presentation Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

216. Lehrer, P. M., Woolfolk, R. L., & Sime, W. E. (2007). Principles and practice of stress management. (3rd. ed.) New York, NY, US: Guilford Press.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Recent years have seen significant advances in understanding psychosocial stress and its clinical management. Now in a thoroughly revised and expanded third edition, this comprehensive work reviews effective stress management techniques and their applications for treating psychological problems and enhancing physical health and performance. Bringing together recognized leaders in the field to present their respective approaches and demonstrate the nuts and bolts of intervention, the volume is structured for optimal use as a clinical reference and text. All chapters retained from the prior edition have been extensively rewritten, and many new chapters have been added. Part I examines conceptual foundations and describes basic mechanisms of stress and relaxation. Part II, the largest section, covers the full range of methods, including progressive relaxation, hypnosis, biofeedback, meditation, cognitive methods, and other therapies. Each tightly edited chapter: (1) Details the method's history, theoretical underpinnings, and evidence base; (2) Spells out assessment procedures and techniques; (3) Provides step-by-step implementation guidelines; (4) Considers common treatment obstacles and how to overcome them; (5) Discusses strategies for increasing patient motivation and adherence; and (6) Illustrates the method with an in-depth case example. New to the third edition are chapters on mindfulness meditation, neurofeedback, EMDR, breathing retraining, heart rate variability biofeedback, exercise therapy, and Qigong. Finally, Part III explores applications in mental health, behavioral medicine, and sport psychophysiology (another new topic in this edition), shedding light on which approaches are most suitable for particular problems. The concluding chapter reviews the clinical research literature and offers clear recommendations for improving outcomes. This timely, authoritative book is an indispensable resource for clinical and health psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, counselors, nurses, and other professionals interested in learning and using stress management techniques. It will serve as a text in graduate-level courses in stress management, behavioral medicine, social work in health care, and related areas. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Stress Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

217. Tibaldi, M. (2004, Luglio-Dicembre). Psicologia analitica ed EMDR:  Un'avvicinamento possibile? [Analytical psychology and EMDR: A rapprochement possible?]. Studi Junghiani, 10(2), 127-145.

Language: Italian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Attraverso la narrazione del proprio incontro con l’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing), l’autrice presenta la Teoria dell’Elaborazione Accelerata dell’Informazione e il protocollo di Francine Shapiro, usato nel trattamento delle esperienze traumatiche codificate a livello somatico. Sono evidenziate le competenze psicologico-analitiche che valorizzano l’uso di questa metodica e si discute la possibilità di ricorrere, nel trattamento di sintomi resistenti alla terapia verbale, a un setting integrato nel quale l’EMDR rappresenti, tra l’altro, un punto di partenza per l’elaborazione immaginale.

Through the narration of his encounter with the EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), the author presents Accelerated Information Processing model Francine Shapiro used in the treatment of traumatic experiences encoded at a somatic level. They highlighted the psychological and analytical skills which enhance the use of these methods and discusses the possibility of making use in the treatment of symptoms resistant to talk therapy, to an integrated setting in which EMDR represents, among other things, a point basis for the development imaginal.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

218. Smith, G. (2005, September). The psychology of high-performing leaders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will introduce the latest research on the psychology of high performing leaders, and a system for applying it to your EMDR Performance Enhancement work. Participants will lean how to: explain to their client the skills, psychological characteristics, and critical success factors of High- Performing Leaders; explain to their clients the "derailment" factors and non-rational thinking patterns that are the primary barriers lo high performance; use this information to do optimum EMDR Performance Enhancement case conceptualization; utilize the standard EMDR protocol to reduce/eliminate any performance barriers; utilize an integrated RDI protocol to strengthen and develop high-performance skills and traits.

Keywords: High Performance  Leaders  Performance Enhancement  Performance Barriers  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

219. van Loey, N. E. E., & van Son, M. J. M. (2003). Psychopathology and psychological problems in patients with burn scars:  Epidemiology and management. American Journal of Clinical Dermatology, 4(4), 245-272.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Burn injury is often a devastating event with long-term physical and psychosocial effects. Burn scars after deep dermal injury are cosmetically disfiguring and force the scarred person to deal with an alteration in body appearance. In addition, the traumatic nature of the burn accident and the painful treatment may induce psychopathological responses. Depression and PTSD, which are prevalent in 13-23% and 13-45% of cases, respectively, have been the most common areas of research in burn patients. Risk factors related to depression are pre-burn depression and female gender in combination with facial disfigurement. Risk factors related to PTSD are pre-burn depression, type and severity of baseline symptoms, anxiety related to pain, and visibility of burn injury. Neuropsychological problems are also described, mostly associated with electrical injuries. Social problems include difficulties in sexual life and social interactions. Quality of life initially seems to be lower in burn patients compared with the general population. Problems in the mental area are more troublesome than physical problems. Over a period of many years, quality of life was reported to be rather good. Mediating variables such as low social support, emotion and avoidant coping styles, and personality traits such as neuroticism and low extraversion, negatively affect adjustment after burn injury. Few studies of psychological treatments in burn patients are available. From general trauma literature, it is concluded that cognitive (behavioral) and pharmacological (selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors) interventions have a positive effect on depression. With respect to PTSD, exposure therapy and eye movement reprocessing and desensitization [EMDR] are successful. Psychological debriefing aiming to prevent chronic post-trauma reactions has not, thus far, shown a positive effect in burn patients. Treatment of problems in the social area includes cognitive-behavioral therapy, social skills training, and community interventions. Sexual health promotion and counseling may decrease problems in sexual life. In conclusion, psychopathology and psychological problems are identified in a significant minority of burn patients. Symptoms of mood and anxiety disorders (of which PTSD is one) should be the subject of screening in the post-burn phase and treated if indicated. A profile of the patient at risk, based on pre-injury factors such as pre-morbid psychiatric disorder and personality characteristics, peri-traumatic factors and post-burn factors, is presented. Finally, objective characteristics of disfigurement appear to play a minor role, although other factors, such as proneness to shame, body image problems, and lack of self-esteem, may be of significance. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Burns  Comorbidity  Epidemiology  Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Predisposition  PTSD  Survivors  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

220. Omaha, J. (2004). Psychotherapeutic interventions for emotion regulation:  EMDR and bilateral stimulation for affect management. New York:  W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The present work represents a new phase in a profound revolution in psychotherapy, in which affects take their rightful place of equality with cognitions, drives, and behavior among the modalities that must be interpreted by theory and embraced by therapy in understanding both normal and pathological personality development (Cicchetti, Ackerman, & Izard, 1995). The book synthesizes experimental and theoretical advances regarding the primacy of affect in both human psychological health and dysfunction. These advances are translated into practical clinical applications the clinician can immediately utilize. The clinical interventions presented here are solidly grounded in recent experimental advances in understanding the developmental neurobiology of affect (Schore, 1994). These skills and concepts lay the foundation for a new approach to treating psychopathology that begins with the affects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Affect Management  Emotional Control  Emotional States  Mental Health  Personality Development  Personality Disorders  Psychopathology  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

221. Roberson, M. (2004, November). Psychotherapy for trauma: A three part holistic approach. Bountiful Health.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
A person’s response to trauma is always both physical and emotional. For many, it is also important to integrate the spiritual aspect into the recovery. Often there are three parts to holistic trauma psychotherapy: (1) stabilization (understanding symptoms in a new way, as well as learning skills to manage emotions and cope with life stresses); (2) processing the trauma itself; and (3) reexamining the spiritual meaning, life direction, and relationships.

Keywords: Holistic Approach  Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

222. Fay, D., & Fisher, J. A. (2003, November). Rebuilding the self after trauma: A skills building model for dissociative disorder patients. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

223. Cusack, K. J. (2001). Refugee experiences of trauma and PTSD: Effects on psychological, physical, and financial well-being. Western Michigan University. AAT 3028752.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This study examined the traumatic experiences and psychological symptoms of 60 refugees who were recently resettled in the United States. Subjects were from Cuba, Iraq, Haiti, Sudan, and Bosnia. Data was collected for each subject on traumatic experiences occurring prior to their arrival. In addition, anxiety and depression were assessed using the Hopkins Symptom Checklist (HSC-25). Quality of life and coping skills were assessed using the WHO Quality of Life-BREF and the Coping Styles Questionnaire, respectively. Trained, bi-lingual interviewers assessed for PTSD using the Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale. All instruments were translated into the appropriate language for subjects who did not speak English. Measures were back-translated to assure accuracy of translations. Three months following their arrival, information was collected regarding employment and public assistance. Predictors of PTSD, quality of life, and refugee self-sufficiency were analyzed using multiple regression and logistic regression analyses. Trauma-related variables were predictive of PTSD, which in turn had a negative impact on quality of life and self-sufficiency. Implications for the resettlement programs of government and non-governmental organizations are discussed.

Keywords: Hopkins Symptom Checklist (HSC-25)  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  PTSD Scale  Surveys  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

224. Cybela, D., & Karger, B. (2005, September). Removing internal barriers to leadership – An EMDR performance enhancement program. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A Performance Enhancement Program using EMDRA can be an effective leadership development tool. The issue of management related stress was explored as a roadblock to effective leadership. APEX, LLC, in partnership wit Marathon County, has created an innovative package for leadership development, which has demonstrated positive results in improving the participants' self-confidence, optimism, and social skills in the work setting, along with reducing overall job stress. The program incorporates EMDR and a non-clinical personality to assess the individual's coping style for managing stress in the workplace. Specific strategies for identifying negative and positive cognitions unique to this population are noted.

Keywords: Job Stress  Management Related Stress  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

225. Parnell, L. (2012). Resource tapping activating your healing resources through bilateral stimulation. Shreveport, LA: Summit Interactive.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
Dr. Parnell teaches basic skills in resource tapping, an EMDR-related technique that harnesses the power of imagery and bilateral body stimulation to achieve healing. She describes how this clinically recognized system impacts affect management, ego strengthening, and emotional regulation as well as its capacity to build resilience and calm the body on a deep physiological level.

Keywords: Resource Tapping  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

226. Figley, C., Dietrich, A., Maxfield, L., & Gentry, J. E. (1999, November). Review of neoteric trauma treatments and suggested practice guidelines. In C. Figley (Chair) Discussion, Clinical Theory. International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Thought Field Therapy (TFT), Time-Limited Trauma Therapy (TLTT), Traumatic Incident Reduction (TIR), and Visual/Kinesthetic Dissociation (V/KD) are relatively new approaches in the treatment of trauma-related disorders. These approaches have come under intense scientific and professional scrutiny and criticism, with proponents and critics offering diverse and intriguing arguments in support of their respective points of view. This discussion will focus on the current empirical and anecdotal evidence on the efficacy of these five approaches, as well as various criticisms that have been proferred in response to the empirical and clinical literature on treatment efficacy and theory. EMDR will be highlighted, given the growing empirical database on EMDR outcome studies and the contention surrounding the treatment and its’ theory. The evidence for and/or against the other four approaches will also be presented, upon which we will raise for discussion issues relating to methodological rigour, scientific reporting of clinical data, and the interpretation of efficacy studies in general. The discussion will occur within the context of philosophical discourse on the ideal of integration of science and practice, and the feasibility of attaining this ideal within the current scientific Zeitgeist. INTERVENTION RESEARCH, CLINICAL CASE STUDY Sandringham Skills-Based Treatment of Dissociation: A Case Study 238 Chair: ELHAI, Jon D., Nova Southeastern University Discussant: GOLD, Stephen A clinical case study of skills-based treatment of a 48-year-old, female survivor of child sexual abuse (CSA) reporting severe dissociative symptomatology is presented. Chief complaints were daily amnestic episodes, depersonalization, panic attacks, agoraphobia, and consequent long-term unemployment. In contrast to most approaches to therapy for dissociative syndromes, it is argued that treatment does not need to be primarily trauma-focused. Instead treatment focused on targeting dissociation and anxiety by teaching skills to be implemented by the client outside of session. Functional behavioral analysis of particular recent incidents of dissociation were conducted over several sessions. Imagery-based relaxation and progressive muscle relaxation were used and monitored to help the client learn additional methods of reducing distress. Grounding techniques were implemented to counter the dissociative tendency to lose experiential awareness of the here and now. Cognitive interventions were utilized to challenge the erroneous notions reported about dissociative experiences, such as the panic she experienced when her dissociation had been revealed to others. Last, in vivo systematic desensitization was used with a fear hierarchy, ranging from the least to most fearful stimuli that precipitate dissociation, where graduated exposure was followed by relaxation. At termination the client reported elimination of panic attacks, resumption of driving, and marked reduction in frequency and duration of amnestic periods, with substantial additional gains and progress in finding full-time employment reported at 8 month follow-up. Treatment outcome is assessed based on psychological test data obtained at intake, discharge, and 8 month follow-up, as well as client anecdotal report.

Keywords: Neoteric Trauma Treatments  Practice Guidelines  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

227. Steele, A. (2001). The right side:  Therapy from the right side of the brain:  A role for EMDR with imaginal nurturing in the treatment of early neglect. Unpublished.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract: T
his paper proposes that early deficits in adult clients with insecure-attachment patterns can be addressed directly through a therapeutic component of imaginal nurturing with EMDR. These clients may exhibit little sense of self, low self-esteem, a sense of alienation, poor affect tolerance, inability to regulate emotions, inability to empathize, and impaired interpersonal relationships. Traditionally, the burden of the client's attachment deficits is left to be resolved through the therapeutic relationship itself. In this paper, a three-pronged approach to therapy is suggested: affect tolerance and emotion regulation skills training, imaginal nurturing, and trauma reprocessing, all within the context of a validating and caring therapeutic relationship. The focus of this paper is imaginal nurturing, the goals of which include developing an attachment between the adult, and infant and child selves to create a new relationship to self in the present. Two forms of imaginal nurturing are presented: Core Imaginal Nurturing, freestanding imaginal work in which the client experiences both providing and receiving nurturance, and Adjunctive Imaginal Nurturing which is incorporated into trauma reprocessing. A conceptual basis for this work is provided, and examples are given showing its use, benefits, and problems that can arise.

Keywords: Imaginal Nurturing  Neglect  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

228. Sharp, I. R. (2003, August). The role of critical thinking skills in practicing psychologists' theoretical orientation and choice of intervention techniques. Drexel University.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Over the past two decades, professional psychology has witnessed a growing movement towards the utilization of psychotherapies that have empirical support. Despite this development, therapies that have not been empirically supported continue to experience widespread use. Concurrently, a collection of novel interventions, known as Power/Energy therapies (P/ET’s), has emerged. Although these therapies are based on questionable theoretical foundations and enjoy little or no empirical support, their popularity with clinicians appears to be strong and growing. There is scant research examining individual differences with respect to the practice habits of professional psychologists. The present study examined whether critical thinking skills are a factor in psychologists’ choice of therapeutic interventions, including their use of P/ET’s. As hypothesized, participants who reported using a number of techniques from Power and Energy therapies scored significantly lower on a measure of critical thinking skills. Also as hypothesized, individuals who reported using a number of cognitive-behavioral techniques scored significantly higher on the measure of critical thinking skills. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

229. Cohen-Posey, K. (2000, September). The role of ‘second-order’ NCs in anxiety disorders and relationship problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) list NCs that are frequently acquired as a result of experience panic attacks and OCD; 2) describe how to use EMDR protocols to ensure that clients have integrated adaptive information about their disorder; 3) list negative cognitions that interfere with the ability to acquire communication, parenting, and anger management skills; 4) list negative cognitions that interfere with the process of individuation and enjoying satisfying relationships, 5) "compute" positive cognitions that are related to negative cognitions generated by various problems and disorders; and 6) identify negative cognitions that could be used to start targeting problem areas from listening to case examples.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  Negative Cognitions  Obsessive Compulsive Disorders  OCD  Positive Cognitions  Relationship Problems  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

230. Giovannozzi, G. (2013, June). Safety, regulation, self-regulation and eye contact: New challenges for EMDR therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Porges’ polivagal theory of the hierarchical interpretation of the autonomic nervous system (ANS), in addition to extending the range of human beings’ possible responses to environmental demands, links the first line ventral-vagal response with the regulation of important viscera as well as that of facial and head muscles, mediating social interactions, and associates its activation with the feeling of safety, identifying this latter condition as essential for a person’s well-being.
Without safety no social relations, physiological regulation or healing are possible. Hence the importance for EMDR therapists to lead their clients to this condition: lacking the activation of the ventral-vagal circuit there can be no processing. EMDR therapists will be provided with tools to keep their clients in safe conditions within the setting.
Clients exposed to trauma and/or insecure attachment do not have a good ANS regulation and maintain inadequate defensive attitudes – as demonstrated by Porges’ results, easily comparable with Schore’s on affective development and with those of several multi-disciplinary scholars.
Exploring this dysfunction provides EMDR therapists with useful elements to guide their clients in the difficult task of confronting what they did not/could not process at that time. We propose a three-pronged cross-sectional assessment, regardless of the pathology, aimed at identifying the defensive arousal state of the ANS needed to face the dysregulating impact at that time, focusing on the prevalent activation style of the client, when meeting environmental challenges, and that emerging in the session. Starting from this assessment, EMDR therapists will be provided with tools to help clients recognize and master their defenses to increase their flexibility.
Using the regulation as a healing instrument and goal, and given the two-directional psychophysiological approach, where psychological and physiological processes meet, a new intervention model, stemming from the AIP-EMDR approach, is proposed, acting directly on the missing or impaired developmental stages of the self-regulation ability, consistently with what Porges hoped for.
The intervention focuses on Eye Contact (EC), because, as confirmed by several scholars, this is a privileged communication pathway, in particular in the mother-child dyad, to learn self-regulating skills and is easily impaired in psychiatric clients.
Learning objectives: Raise EMDR therapists’ awareness of the importance of safety for their clients, based on Porges’ Polyvagal Theory; Provide therapists with tools to maintain clients’ safety during the session; Help EMDR therapist to recognize and modulate clients’ Autonomic Nervous System activation; and Present an EMDR Protocol to regulate Eye Contact

Keywords: Eye Contact Protocol  Regulation  Safety  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

231. Lanius, U. (2012, October). Science & practice: Attachment, dissociation and EMDR. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful integrative psychotherapeutic intervention. However, in the case of disrupted attachment and significant dissociative symptoms EMDR can be destabilizing if used early on in treatment. That is, fragmentation of self and dissociative symptoms commonly interfere with information processing, thus barring the integration and resolution of the traumatic experience through EMDR. Dissociation interferes with clients sense of their own body, their ability to experience emotion, their capacity for emotional regulation and their sense of self. Addressing dissociative symptoms prior to proceeding with EMDR treatment is essential for positive treatment outcomes. A neurobiological model is described that guides therapeutic interventions and integrates diverse approaches that include not only EMDR and relevant target selection, but also mindfulness, body therapy approaches, ego-state interventions, sensory integration, as well as neurobiologically based interventions. Such interventions can be used both in the preparation phase but can also form useful interweaves during EMDR information processing. Using a neurobiologically informed approach, the case is made for the use of somatic and ego-state interventions when dissociation is a significant part of the clinical presentation. Specific focus is on different ego-state and body therapy interventions to increase awareness of the self and ones body. Body therapy and somatic interventions are distinguished from other psychotherapeutic interventions in that they are expressed in markedly slowed-down time, in order to give clients ample time to experience the felt sense of their bodies. Similarly ego-state work can be utilized to titrate information processing, as well as provide clients with internal resources that aid in enhanced information processing. Attendees will gain knowledge about possible underlying neurobiological processes with regard to attachment, dissociation and adaptive information processing and how this relates to EMDR treatment. The workshop will teach specific interventions intended to stabilize clients, create safety, help the client stay connected or get reconnected and therefore minimize dissociative symptoms and their effect. Participants will learn how to effectively integrate different somatic and ego-state interventions in the treatment of attachment and trauma related syndromes and dissociative disorders, as well as how to enhance information processing during the EMDR treatment. The workshop also will discuss innovative use of opioid antagonists in the treatment of dissociative symptoms with a particular focus on EMDR.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will gain knowledge about possible underlying neurobiological processes with regard to attachment, dissociation and adaptive information processing and how this relates to EMDR treatment. Participants will learn how to effectively integrate different somatic and ego-state interventions in the treatment of attachment and trauma related syndromes and dissociative disorders, as well as how to enhance information processing during the EMDR treatment. The workshop will teach specific interventions intended to stabilize clients, create safety, help the client stay connected or get reconnected and therefore minimize dissociative symptoms and their effect.

Keywords: Attachment  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

232. Forrest, M. S. (1995, June). Self-soothing and the multiple trauma survivor. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Remember the joke about the doctor who says, "The operation was a success, but the patient died"? That's how some clients feel about EMDR. They succeed in accessing deep and important material, but find themselves extremely depressed and/or anxious in the days afterward. For these clients, who are often survivors of multiple trauma such as long-tenn child abuse or incest, the ability to self-soothe (both during and after an EMDR session) makes the difference between whether they regard EMDR as a useful tool or a necessary evil. To find out what self-control techniques work best for such clients, I interviewed EMDR clients (all women) who had experienced long-term sexual abuse in childhood. The first thing I learned was that for survivors of multiple trauma, the ability to feel safe starts long before EMDR is ever used. Many women cited their relationship with their therapist as the foundation of their feeling safe with EMDR: "I trust my therapist absolutely." One client's therapist told her he had used EMDR himself: "That made a huge difference to me," she said. Other advance work included planning and taking preventative measures. Planning means picking the right time (and pace) for doing EMDR: being sure the therapist and/or other support people will be available in the days after the session; not driving or going back to work afterward (if possible); being able to have plenty of alone time; and going slowly, doing EMDR in small increments. "I didn't expect myself to go out in the world and be social afterward. I was pretty raw for a few days, sometimes for a whole week," B. told me. Planning also means taking preventive measures, such as teaching the client how to find "a safe place." Most clinicians know the importance of this, but one of the women I interviewed was emphatic that creating a safe place was very different from being able to go to it when she was in a session and reliving the experience of being a three-year-old overwhelmed by extreme grief or terror. She said she needed a lot of practice accessing her safe place and some special interventions (see below) to get through the intense times. Being able to self-soothe between sets of eye movements was very difficult for most clients. "I cry all the time we do it," S. told me. "I have to sit near the door and not have my therapist sit too close," said M. Another woman said, "We do the eye movements for a few seconds and we talk in between."One successful intervention, especially for clients overwhelmed by the intensity of their feelings, involved the therapist asking his client to listen to the sound of his breathing and to breathe along with him. Another clinician has his client when she gets extremely upset ask her "inner guide or "higher power" whether it's "okay to continue;" a third asks, "Is there more underneath or is it time to wind down?" Letting the client control the pace and progress of his/her own processing can be an important way to teach self-trust -- especially to people for whom loss of power was endemic to their abuse. Some clients are able to repeat special phrases or afirmations over and over between sets to calm themselves. L., a ritual abuse survivor, said she grounds herself by silently reciting a mindfulness verse from Zen master Thich Naht Hanh in time with her inbreath and out-breath: "In, out. Deep, slow, Calm, ease. Smile, release. In, out. Deep, slow ...... Different kinds of self-soothing techniques work best after the eye-movement sets are completed. Immediately afterwards, while still in session, one client said she falls asleep for a few minutes -- she finds this a big help in countering the dissociated state in which she typically concludes an EMDR session. Another said she and her therapist share a cup of tea and talk over what happened as a way to "come down" and normalize the experience. Some clinicians close a session by doing eye movements to reinforce the client's safe place. One woman said her therapist has her "cement the present in place" by doing eye movements on either a present-day image, an image of her inner child in the safe place, or a positive statement. Francine Shapiro has often said that what happens after the EMDR session can be as important as what happens during it. The women I interviewed felt exactly the same way. They had learned the necessity of talung exquisitely good care of themselves in the hours and days that follow. "I take time-and time out," declared B., who often has a delayed fear reaction following EMDR. Most clients said they go home and either curl up in bed or in a favorite rocking chair with their stuffed animals. They cry, sleep, write in their journals, draw pictures, listen to music, look at favorite photographs, and/or call a support person. M. uses self-talk to ease her feelings: "I say to myself, 'You know that knot of fear. I know it's only fear. I know that nothing is going to hurt me right now'." For others, going home immediately is not the best option: D. takes a walk along the shores of Long Island Sound; C., the mother of three young children, finds solace in a favorite bookstore. Sometimes all the planning in the world doesn't help: the abreaction seems to launch the client back to the age she was when she was abused - and she simply can't remember how to calm herself. To counter this, several clients said they carry a list of things they can do to quiet themselves. S. finds reading mystery stories comforting("At the end you always find out what really happened."), but has to keep two of them on her bedside table at all times: "If they're not in full view, I forget about using them." One interesting example of "assigned" self-soothing was given by a ritual abuse survivor who was new to EMDR. After a session when a lot of memories came up about how her sexuality was used and degraded during the abuse, her therapist gave her very specific instructions on how to care for herself, including buying a romantic nightgown and soaking in bath salts for 45 minutes; listening to romantic music; and not touching or kissing her partner for 48 hours. "It worked out great!" she told me happily. "I felt SO pretty and so safe." The conclusion I reached about how multiple-trauma survivors learn to self-soothe in the face of the intense feelings EMDR can trigger is not revolutionary. The recipe is: Step 1. Plan for the worst. Step 2. Let the client select the self-soothing techniques that specifically fit for her or him. Step 3. Make sure s/he is able to use these techniques no matter how intense his/her emotions are. Sometimes this will call for the therapist to take an active role by either leading the client in specific calming techniques or by assigning very clear-cut homework. If the recipe calls for planning and practicing, then the pot in which the ingredients are cooked is labeled "TRUST"-trust before initiating EMDR, trust during the eye movements, and trust after the sets are completed. Unless the client deeply trusts the clinician, the method itself, and his or her own capacity to go into the feelings and me out safely, the recipe for success with EMDR can turn into a recipe for disaster.

Keywords: Survivor  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

233. Freitag, F. (2012, October). Setting standards using the core competency model – An example. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Most Approved Consultants have identified a significant need to define “standards” for each level of EMDRIA credentialing. Currently, EMDRIA only requires documentation of consultation hours and continued education credits. These are not proficiency-based requirements hence no consistent standards are defined, suggested or upheld. One consideration is the Core Competency Model as a theoretical framework to help explore setting credentialing standards. In this workshop, this Model will be explained briefly as well as how it could be applied to setting standards. According to this model, highly effective therapists think, act and reflect differently than less effective therapists. Using this framework, the essential competencies (i.e., knowledge, skills and attitudes) to be demonstrated at each level of credentialing will be explored. Lastly, some options of how to assess and measure the necessary knowledge and skills will be suggested. Attendees will be able to describe the Core Competency Model as a theoretical framework for credentialing; understand how to apply this Model to setting specific credentialing standards; identity the knowledge, skills and attitudes that are necessary at each level of credentialing; and identify the suggested methods of how the necessary knowledge and skills can be demonstrated, as well as assessed and measured.

Keywords: Core Competency Model  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

234. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-­‐ induced wake trance-­‐states. Due to this, they might thrive from treatment-­‐ strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety. This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of: (1) Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment (2) Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance (3) Using hyper-­‐empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-­‐material (4) Addressing ego-­‐states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-­‐time (5) Addressing resource-­‐rich ego-­‐states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-­‐ helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize the trauma material (6) Installation of hope and the “memory of the future” (7) Using post-­‐hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions. Learning objectives: Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of continuous stabilization for this population. Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-­‐work with DD-­‐clients. Apply structured techniques and rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-­‐work.

Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad. Este taller subraya siete estrategias para extender el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en: (1) Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro/ estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR (2) Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance (3) Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-­‐empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático. (4) Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático (5) Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-­‐interno ayudante), por tanto ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático (6) Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro” (7) Usando sugestión post-­‐hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones. Objetivos de aprendizaje: Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades especiales de estabilización continua para esta población. Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-­‐DD. Aplicación de técnicas estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  Hypnosis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

235. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-induced wake trance-states. Due to this, they might thrive from treatment-strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety. This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard-protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of: 1. Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment. 2. Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance. 3. Using hyper-empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-material. 4. Addressing ego-states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-time. 5. Addressing resource-rich ego-states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize the trauma material. 6. Installation of hope and the “memory of the future”. 7. Using post-hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions. Learning objectives: Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of continuous stabilization for this population. Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-work with DD-clients. Apply structured techniques and rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-work.

Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad. Este taller subraya siete estrategias para ampliar el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en: 1. Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro / estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR. 2. Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance. 3. Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático. 4. Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático. 5. Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-interno ayudante), por tanto ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático. 6. Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro”. 7. Usando sugestión post-hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones. Objetivos de aprendizaje: Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades especiales de estabilización continua para esta población. Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-DD. Aplicación de técnicas estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  Hypnosis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

236. Klaff, F., & Dutton, P. (2004, September). The short and the long of it:  Crisis versus routine treatment of children and adolescents. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR techniques with children following crisis will be demonstrated drawing from interventions developed directly at international disaster sites. The nature of immediate intervention with dramatic trauma problems will be addressed in terms of treatment goals, techniques and outcomes. Safety preparation skills using interactive safe place and a quick phobia protocol to clear prior problems will be taught. This approach will be contrasted with more routine treatment for past trauma and resistant family system problems. Clinical issues will be analyzed with videotaped cases treated both in childhood and later in adolescence. Repetitive themes and unresolved issues will be highlighted. The evolution of therapist experience with resultant refinement of treatment skills will be discussed.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

237. Dworkin, M. (2010, March). Solving transference and counter-transference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Chair, Michael Paterson
This workshop will focus on the types of transference and counter-transference that arise in EMDR with dissociative clients and teach solutions. Procedural modifications have been the focus in dealing with pathological dissociation in EMDR treatment. Separately, transference and counter-transference with dissociative patients have been written about extensively by experts in the dissociation field. Research findings about the effects of mirror neurons and embedded simulation on the inter-subjective field of patient and therapist have also been published. Strategies for dealing with these transference and counter-transference in EMDR treatment have received little attention even though this population has intense transference, and can activate intense counter-transference. These issues may begin during an evaluation of the presenting problems. Strategies for identifying and using transference to enhance dual awareness during history taking will be demonstrated. An elongated preparation phase to develop enough trust and stabilization before exploring traumatic memories can limit induced transference. Different parts of a dissociative patient may have different kinds of transferences. These transferences may cause the patient to withdraw, cling or attack; affecting the therapist’s abilities to stay attuned and focused on the work in different phases of EMDR. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the client will be demonstrated in order to repair or prevent ruptures of attunement. Interactions are bi-directional, and different (transferential) parts may activate dissociative parts of the therapist. Strategies to somatically identify and use these counter-transferential activations in the therapist will be taught through body based awarenesses. R/D/I strategies can be used to limit countertransference to remain grounded and attuned. Transference and counter-transference during the assessment phase will be identified and solutions presented. During the Desensitization phase under-accessing or over-accessing target memories; abreaction vs. vehement emotions will be discussed as unacknowledged dissociative moments with indications for inducing transference, counter-transference, or both. Decisions need be made collaboratively whether to process or contain these events. Understanding and dealing with dilemmas of dissociative enactments are crucial to keeping the healing process going. These inter-subjective issues may be most intense during the first four phases, but some problems may continue into Installation and the Body Scan. Problems and solutions during Incomplete Closure and the Re-evaluation phases will be given. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with the therapist at the end of an EMDR session. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist may become activated as well. Solutions to these issues that occur during different phases will be taught so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies to use with their dissociative patients. Attunement to dissociative parts, identifying transference and counter-transference binds; The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire ; Compartmentalization; use of self soothing skills; using Relational, Empathic, and Transferential Interweaves; identifying moments of projective identification and enactments, and then to use them to deepen EMDR will be taught, as well as innovative inter-subjective strategies . Case examples and awareness exercises will used throughout the workshop to facilitate intellectual and experiential learning.

Keywords: Counter-transference  Dissociative Disorders  Transference  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

238. Dworkin, M. (2009, August). Solving transference and countertransference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on transference and countertransference problems and solutions in EMDR with dissociative clients. There will be a short literature review on procedural modifications in dealing with dissociation in EMDR, and transference and countertransference with dissociative patients. Research findings on mirror neurons and embodied simulation will be taught to enhance the participant’s understanding of the neurobiological substrates for attunement and resonance, and for solving transference and countertransference with dissociatives in EMDR when ruptures to relatedness occurs. Identifying and using transference reactions to enhance dual awareness will be demonstrated in history taking. Enhancements in preparation phase will be shown through case example to limit induced transference. Transference and countertransference during the assessment phase will be identified and solutions offered. In the Desensitization phase EMDR processing may induce transference, countertransference, or both (even with procedural modifications). Intersubjective challenges seem to be more intense during phases 1 -4 and 7-8. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with the therapist at the end of an EMDR session, or during Re-evaluation. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist may become activated then as well. Different parts of a dissociative patient may appear with different kinds of transferences during different EMDR phases. These transferences challenge therapist’s abilities to stay attuned. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the patient will be demonstrated in order to repair or prevent ruptures to the alliance and to understand the nature of the dissociated communication. Bi-directional interactions may activate parts of the patient and therapist without conscious awareness. Strategies to somatically identify and use these countertransferential activations will be taught through experiential exercises so that the therapist may have a more in depth understanding of the dissociative patient’s communications. R/D/I strategies will be reviewed and applied to the therapist to limit countertransference activations. Dealing with dissociative enactments are crucial to identify ruptures to the therapeutic alliance, restore attunement and resonance, uncover dissociative messages that can be used during EMDR processing.. Solutions to the problems that occur during different EMDR phases will be taught using lecture, discussion, case examples, written and experiential exercises so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies. Solutions include how to maintain attunement to dissociative parts during transferential activations while enhancing dual awareness; how to identify transference and countertransference problems during phases 1-4 and 7-8 and use them as additional sources of dissociated communications that can be used in EMDR processing ; how to use the Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire to identify and process countertransference problems ; how to use compartmentalization strategies using R/D/I to limit countertransference activations; how to develop self soothing skills for the therapist’s dissociated parts; how and when to use Relational, Empathic, and Transferential Interweaves during Desensitization; and how to identify moments of enactments, and using EMDR strategies to deepen the EMDR experience .

Keywords: Countertransference  Transference  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

239. Abbott, G., & Tefft, M. (2009, April 18). Somatic processing in EMDR: Lessons from Eastern Psychology. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Paying attention to body sensations, without effort to manipulate them, may be traced to the ancient healing practice of mindfulness. We will examine several areas where EMDR can be informed by mindfulness, including the natural arising of sensations in EMDR and the role of sensations in managing countertransference. The workshop will include didactics, cases, exercises, and discussion.

Keywords: Somatic Processing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

240. Settle, C. (2008, June). Speciality topics on using EMDR with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop focuses on specialty topics for children under ten including the advanced application of EMDR with other clinical, behavioural, regulatory, medical, and educational issues with recommendations for procedural considerations and additional treatment modalities used in conjunction with the EMDR protocol. Information will be provided through handouts, case presentations, and videos on how EMDR can be used to assist the child in lessening, managing, or eliminating symptomatology in these following areas: 1. Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)—information will be presented on targeting social and academic challenges that can reduce anxiety and improve focus and self-control), 2. Sensory Integration Dysfunction (SID)—identifying and reprocessing sensory difficulties will be taught to help the child achieve reduction in hypersensitivity, 3. Tics—targeting the child’s anxiety can result in the reduction of tics, 4. Trichotillomania—a specific procedure will be presented to assist in decreasing or eliminating the incidence of hair-pulling, 5. School refusal behaviour—case conceptualization will be explored to assist in targeting behaviour and improve school attendance, 6. Gifted and talented—techniques for reprocessing emotional and sensory targets will be demonstrated to assist the child in bridging their intellectual, emotional, and social challenges, 7. Regulatory issues—skills for combining EMDR with behavioural and educational techniques will be discussed to help the child reduce or eliminate eating, sleeping, or urinary/bowel difficulties, 8. Traumatic brain injury—targeting the 22 precipitating event and the ongoing medical traumas utilized with a parent narrative protocol can reduce the child’s anxiety and improve functioning.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

241. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2012). Specialty topics on using EMDR with children. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 145-153. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.145.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
“Specialty Topics on Using EMDR With Children“ is written for therapists who have learned the basic eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) protocol and are interested in expanding their skills in using EMDR in individual treatment with children. This article explores the advanced application of EMDR with other clinical, emotional, developmental, and behavioral issues, including children who have been diagnosed with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) or have experienced trauma, attachment, and dissociation. The text is organized into headings of specific childhood diagnoses, issues, or presenting problems, with recommendations for procedural considerations and adjustments to the EMDR protocol. Unless indicated otherwise, the EMDR protocol follows the 8 phases, as discussed in the book, EMDR and the Art of Psychotherapy With Children (Adler-Tapia & Settle, 2008) with additions or modifications, as indicated.

Keywords: Attachment  Children  EMD  Eye Movement Desensitization  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

242. Struik, A. L. (2010, June). Stabilization and EMDR treatment of young dissociative children, the use of the six tests, a stabilization model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The stabilization and treatment of young dissociative children can be complicated. Providing the child with a safe environment and attachment figure is obviously the first step. But what's next? They can appear to function relatively well. Their avoidance strategies seem effective and they refuse to talk about trauma or say they forgot about it. It doesn't bother them anymore. But the temptation of the therapist to let sleeping dogs lie is a dangerous one. Underneath this apparently well-functioning outside the child is terrified, constantly alert, and lonely, unable to find comfort, This child cannot attach and this lack of safe attachment is devastating for future development. However, only detailed history taking from caregivers and schoolteachers will often reveals these otherwise often hidden problems. In this presentation 1 will demonstrate. The six tests, a new and unique stabilization model for children. The six tests help therapy is to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and how to establish this stabilization, before starting with EMDR. I will present some cases to illustrate this process and the use of stabilization techniques. The children need to learn self-regulation skills to reduce stress. Then we activate the attachment system, so they car, reduce stress by seeking comfort. In this way the need to dissociate reduces. By relating present problems to past experiences their motivation increases to look into their traumas and start EMDR, (but only on their request). Finally, I will discuss adjustments in the EMDR protocol for these dissociative children in order to keep them in the desensitization process and how to integrate the use of EMDR Into the complete phase-orientated treatment. Learning objectives: -The basic tenets of the six tests -The ability to critically consider whether a child needs further stabilization or can start EMDR. - Understanding which techniques to utilize for particular conditions, through case presentations and questions. New and unique: This model is an adjustment for children of The tree test (Spieling, 2008) for adults, which is unique and new. Up until now, many EMDR therapists don't treat these children, because they are afraid to destabilize them or don't know how to do it. With this model I hope they start to treat these children who need EMDR the most.

Keywords: Children  Dissociation: Six Tests  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

243. Adler-Tapia, R., Settle, C., & Onsager, D. (2004, September). Staying true to the model:  Using the 8 phases of EMDR with children 2-10 years of age. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This half-day workshop focuses on how staying true to eight phases of the EMDR model will result in successful treatment outcomes with children ages 2-10. Participants will be provided with specific and creative bilateral techniques to use with children, and methods for identifying a child's PC, NC, VOC, and SUDS. Skills to utilize with children to further facilitate processing, including cognitive interweaves and resource installation techniques will be demonsuated. In addition, the efficacy of utilizing a parent co-therapist model will be established.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

244. Tzan-Fu, S., & Nien-Mu, C. (2006, September). Synergism between mindfulness meditation training, and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in psychotherapy of social phobia. Chang Gung Medical Journal, 29(4), 1-4.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
We report on the successful treatment of a psychiatric outpatient with long-term Social Phobia (SP), at best only marginally responsive to pharmacotherapy. He was treated by Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) because we suspected that his phobia derived from emotional trauma. He also received brief training in Mindfulness Meditation (MM), which enhanced his initially poor response to EMDR. The patient practiced meditation intensively during the treatment period and thereafter, and used it to relieve the distress that he experienced during both real and deliberately-imagined phobic situations. He recognized this distress pattern as identical to the one he reported to his EMDR therapist while processing traumatic images. The patient’s condition was much improved at discharge and he continued to practice meditation during 31/2 years of follow-up to sustain his relief. The two therapeutic approaches appear to be synergistic and useful in treating SP. We also comment on the usefulness of providing brief MM training, especially to highly-motivated patients. (Chang Gung Med J 2006;29(4 Suppl):1-5)

Keywords: Case Report  Mindfulness Meditation  Social Phobia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

245. Greenwald, R., Maguin, E., Smyth, N. J., Greenwald, H., Johnston, K. G., & Weiss, R. L. (2008, June). Teaching trauma-related insight improves attitudes and behaviors toward challenging clients. Traumatology, 14(2), 1-11. doi:10.1177/1534765608315635.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Effective dissemination of treatment methods requires not only training in high-profile interventions but also in cases of conceptualization and treatment planning skills that facilitate use of the interventions. In a series of six studies, the authors tested one training module with 303 paraprofessionals and mental health professionals in various training settings and five countries. Participants completed self-report ratings in response to a challenging acting-out client, both before and after completing a trauma-informed case-formulation exercise. The training intervention led participants to report decreased distress while considering challenging work-related scenarios, increased empathy and caring toward challenging clients, and increased comfort and confidence in their helping roles. In the final two studies, a trauma-informed treatment planning module was added, yielding additional benefit. At follow-up participants reported that the effects persisted and led to improved behaviors toward the clients. Such empirical validation of training methodologies can lead to more reliably effective dissemination.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Cross-Cultural Methods/Comparisons  Theory  Therapist Training  Training Methodology  Trauma  Treatment Planning  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

246. Lipke, H. (1995, June). Theoretical understanding of EMDR:  Examples from treatment of veterans. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The rapidity and thoroughness of EMDR therapeutic effectiveness, compared to more traditional methods of psychotherapy, calls for a general reconceptualization of the field. As EMDR and, perhaps, other new methods continue to demonstrate what Francine Shapiro has referred to as "accelerated information processing" these new therapeutic effects will undoubtedly become better understood. In an initial effort to systematically integrate EMDR with other methods of treatment, the following four categories of psychotherapeutic activity are proposed: 1. Accessing of present associative networks - the bringing forward of information (distressing, dysfunctional, comforting, adaptive, etc.) already stored in both procedural and non-procedural systems. 2. Introduction of new information - the teaching of facts and skills, which form new or add to old associative networks. 3. Inhibition of information accessing - the tuming of attention away from dysfunctional information, with the goal of decreasing arousal, such as with relaxation training. 4. Facilitation of the processing of information - abstract activity that makes it more likely information networks will connect in an adaptive way, leading to the dissipation of unwarranted negative emotion and the attainment of adaptive understanding. Methods of psychotherapy may be distinguished by the ways in which they use or don't use activities in each of these categories. EMDR like other methods can be so distinguished. While the proposed categorization system can be used to clarify the differences and similarities among the various methods of psychotherapy, more relevantly to clinical practice, this conceptualization may promote more efficient intervention choices when progress during therapy sessions has slowed or stopped. Examples of the theoretical and clinical value of the proposed model are offered, especially in the treatment of combat related psychological trauma.

Keywords: Veterans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

247. Beswick, K. (2008, June). Theory and practice at the interface of EMDR and systemic psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Theory - EMDR can be seen as working on one level of the human system - the neurobiological level. However the human brain is formed and is constantly changed by it’s interactions with others. The neurobiology of relationships is an expanding field and I will be arguing that EMDR and systemic theory have much to offer each other at this juncture. I will be putting forward my ideas about the scope for creative thinking and practice at the interface of these paradigms. By utilizing the client’s relationships and seeing them as a resource in the EMDR, EMDR practitioners can facilitate change at that wider level. In order to make the presentation accessible to those who are not particularly familiar with current systemic theory, I will briefly outline some of the main systemic principles currently in use. Practice - I will illustrate my theoretical points with examples from my EMDR practice where I have: 1) included more than one family member in the room at the same time; 2) where parallel work has been done with the family and the individual; and 3) where I have incorporated significant systemic thinking into my work with an individual. These examples will demonstrate skills in applying EMDR within a broad systemic frame. They will illustrate how EMDR can enhance relationships, and conversely, how systemic thinking can enhance the application of EMDR.

Keywords: Practice  Systematic Psychotherapy  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

248. Spierings, J. (2010, July). The three tests: A systemic approach to stabilization. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
“The Three Tests” A systematic approach to stabilization: Working with severely traumatized clients, we are confronted with many difficult questions, impossible choices and dilemmas: is the client ready for (EMDR-)trauma work, or is more stabilization needed? How do we assess the bearing strength and affect regulation level of the client? What if the client is too unstable because of the trauma symptoms? How can we enhance safety and control without working on the trauma? And if affect tolerance is too small to do EMDR, what can we do? In this presentation you learn to assess the client’s readiness for EMDR in a systematic way, combined with a treatment plan to work on the skills and resources the client needs to develop. The presentation gives many, many practical ideas for interventions and exercises to help the client develop bearing strength and grow towards trauma confrontation. Of course there will be lots of illustrating case stories.

Keywords: Stabilization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

249. Ferrie, R. K. (2006, September). Transforming imagery in the treatment of complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many trauma therapies, including EMDR, rely on the transformation of traumatic imagery to images of self-empowerment and safety, either spontaneously or by design. When traumatic memories resolve by transformation, many of the same areas of the brain are involved, as in the original perception: the brain revisits the scene and has a second chance to "see" it a different way i.e. to reprocess the memory. This workshop will begin by examining the neuroscience supporting this hypothesis. Fortunately, not only is mental imagery central to trauma therapy, facility with mental imagery is a set of skills, which can be learned by clients. Participants will be introduced to a method of teaching mental imagery skills as part of no overall resource development protocol the presenter has used in a single-case design study of Complex PTSD. This study examines the correlation between the client's degeee of facility with mental imagery and subsequent recovery from the symptoms of Complex PTSD. The method and results of this study will be presented. Client material will be used to illustrate these techniques and their application to EMDR therapy. Participants will be able to critique this study as well, and in the process, will learn how to apply the single case design paradigm to their own practices.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Mental Imagery  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

250. Mevissen, L., & Lievegoed, R. (2010, June). Trauma and institutionalization - EMDR: A tool to cure, relieve or prevent. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Because of their vulnerability children as well as adults with developmental disorders are supposed to be at greater risk to suffer from the disruptive effects of trauma or cumulating negative life events. Resulting psychopathology or behavioral problems might bring them into contact with institutional psychiatric or educational care. On the basis of four video-illustrated clinical vignettes various aspects according the use of EMDR are discussed. Institutionalization in itself can be traumatizing as shown by EMDR treatment of an adult with autism and traumatic memories of being outplaced and long-term isolated. Outplacement might be a consequence of untreated trauma. EMDR can relieve suffering as shown by the treatment of a 12-year old boy with behavioral problems who's family ties were broken. Outplacement can be traumatic and as a consequence block personal growth as illustrated by the case of a 48-year old man with mild to moderate intellectual disability and autism, who had been institutionalized at the age of 8. Desperate parents regain educational skills by using a combination of EMDR and intensive psychiatric family support as illustrated by the case of an 8 years old girl with supposed multi-complex developmental disorder (McDD). Adaptations of the standard protocol might be necessary when using EMDR in patients with psychiatric disorders as shown in two of the cases that will be presented. As posttraumatic stress symptoms can be manifested differently in this population there is a risk of diagnostic errors. Learning objectives: Participants take note of possibilities to make EMDR beneficial to the institutionalized population; are able to identify adaptations to the EMDR protocol required by particular needs of clients with developmental disorders; are able to use EMDR to help parents to overcome the trauma of having a child with developmental disorders; become aware of nonspecific symptoms of trauma in this special population.

Keywords: Institutionalization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

251. Midboe, A., Benight, C., Harding, A., Iwaishi, S., & Johnson, L. (2002, November). A trauma-based treatment intervention for domestic violence victims. Poster presented at the 18th annual meeting of the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Twenty-four participants from a local domestic violence center were selfselected into an individual therapy-plus-standard advocacy group (P/SA) or a standard advocacy (SA) group. The center’s advocacy staffed administered treatment for the SA group and the P/SA group. In addition to the SA treatment received by individuals in the P/SA group, there were also six licensed therapists who provided a manualized treatment incorporating CBT and EMDR. Symptoms of PTSD, depression, CSE, self-esteem, and coping skills were assessed.Additionally, saliva sample measurements were taken to examine the effect of treatment on the regulation of salivary cortisol. Results indicate that participants in the P/SA treatment condition experienced a significantly greater reduction in intrusive symptomatology and overall level of PTSD symptom severity, as well as a greater increase in CSE over time than those individuals in the SA condition. Moreover, changes in CSE were related to changes in psychological symptoms in individuals in the P/SA group from pretreatment to posttreatment and at follow-up.Almost no linear relationship between changes in CSE and other psychological variables in the SA group emerged.A minimal impact of treatment on coping skills was observed. There was a move towards a greater regulation of salivary cortisol at posttreatment in the P/SA group.

Keywords: Domestic Violence  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

252. Hensel, T. (2004). Traumazentrierte psychotherapie (EMDR) bei jugendlichen mit störungen des sozialverhaltens - Das MASTR - Manual [Traumazentrierte psychotherapy (EMDR) in adolescents with disorders of social behavior - the MASTR Manual]. Institut fur Traumatherapie.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Störungen des Sozialverhaltens (F 91, F92 ICD-10) umfassen komplexe, multifaktoriell bedingte Störungen, die sich in einem Bündel von Leitsymptomen niederschlagen. Bisherige Therapieansätze sind in ihren Effekten nicht sehr befriedigend. Allerdings berücksichtigten sie auch nicht in geplanter und systematischer Weise die Folgen kindlicher Traumatisierung, obwohl die Übereinstimmung der Symptomatik bei Störung des Sozialverhalten und Traumafolgestörungen frappierend ist (Greenwald 2002). Forschungsergebnisse belegen, dass zwischen 60 - 90 % aller Jugendliche mit Störungen des Sozialverhaltens in ihrer Lebensgeschichte schweren Traumatisierungen (Kombinationen Typ I und II) ausgesetzt waren (Steiner, Garcia, Matthews 1997, Cuffe et al. 1998).
MASTR (ein Akronym für Motivation - Adaptiv Skills - Trauma Resolution) ist ein von Dr. Ricky Greenwald (2002) entwickeltes traumabasiertes manualisiertes Behandlungsverfahren, das aus drei aufeinander aufbauenden Phasen besteht.

Disorders of social behavior (F 91, F92 ICD-10) involve complex, multifactorial, related disorders, which are reflected in a set of cardinal symptoms. Previous therapy approaches are in their effects, not very satisfactory. However, they are not even considered in a planned and systematic way the consequences of childhood trauma, although the consistency of symptoms associated with disruption of social behavior and trauma disorders is striking (Greenwald 2002). Research shows that were exposed to between 60 - 90% of adolescents with disorders of social behavior in their life history severe trauma (combinations of type I and II) (Steiner, Garcia, Matthews 1997, Cuffe et al. 1998).
MASTR (an acronym for Motivation - Adaptive Skills - Trauma Resolution) is a traumabasiertes developed by Dr. Ricky Greenwald (2002) manualisiertes treatment process, which consists of three successive phases.

Keywords: Adolescents  Social Behavior Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

253. Gomez, A. (2009, August). Treating children with persuasive emotion dysregulation using EMDR and adjunctive approaches. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will provide theoretical and practical step-by-step strategies to assist clinicians working with children with severe dysregulation of the affective system, such as children exhibiting insecure patterns of attachment, complex PTSD and dissociation. Clinicians will learn key elements to develop case conceptualization skills and treatment plans based on the Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP). How to use EMDR with adjunct approaches and strategies, such as ego-state therapy and somatic intervention, with children will be addressed. Strategies directed to titrate amount of trauma and keep children manageable and tolerable levels of activation to facilitate reprocessing will be demonstrated.

Keywords: Children  Dysregulation  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

254. Marcus, S. (2007, June). Treating headaches with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Headaches are the most common pain-related complaint and the seventh leading ailment seen in medical practice. Yearly, over 35% of the population is affected by tension-type headaches. Migraine headaches are a common condition with one-year prevalence rates around 15%. Prevalence rates generally peak in the third and fourth decades but for many migraines become a chronic condition requiring a lifetime of treatment.
Migraine sufferers are frequently disabled during their acute attacks. A 2001 study found that 90% of migraineurs reported functional impairment. 53% required bed rest and nearly 30% missed 1 day of work or school within a 3-month period. Migraine in the USA results in 112 million bedridden days per year. The cost of the migraine to the total American work force is estimated at $13 billion per year in missed work days and lost productivity. Direct medical costs (i.e., MD office visits, prescription medication claims, and hospitalizations) for migraine care average $1 billion annually. Clouse & Osterhaus (1994) found that migraineurs generate twice the medical claims and two times the pharmacy claims in HMO’s when compared to patients without migraines.
Considering the sheet number of individuals afflicted with migraine and tension headaches, the societal impact with increased medical costs, lost work days, and reduced productivity represent a major public health concern.
The pharmacologic therapies have long been the most common and widely used method of treating headaches. Unfortunately, pharmacologic treatments are ineffective or inadequate for a sizeable number of patients. One third of patients participating in clinical trials with oral triptans fail to respond. Moreover, fewer than half become pain-free, which is the primary efficacy measure recommended by the International Headache Society. Reasons for considering an EMDR treatment for migraine and tension headaches are patient preferences for non-pharmacologic interventions, pregnancy, planned pregnancy or nursing, deficient stress coping skills, medication rebound, patient overuse of medications, medical contraindications, and poor medication tolerance.
In view of the state of the art of current headache treatment an EMDR approach that can eliminate severe headache pain in less time than an oral medication (20 to 30 min) and within 5 to 10 sessions may reduce frequency, duration and intensity of future headaches could result in a decrease in medication utilization, physician visits and overall medical costs, with an improvement in patient satisfaction. This would be a welcome addition to current headache treatments.
This workshop will employ lecture, demonstration and actual practice of an integrated EMDR approach. The purpose of this teaching strategy is to prepare you for clinical practice. Objectives include understanding headache etiology, headache trigger identification, threshold theory, training in the EMDR protocol used in Dr. Marcus’s migraine research, discussion of protocol utilization in clinical practice, informed consent, transference issues, and discussion of the role of provider when deploying this approach. This workshop is for advanced EMDR practitioners but previous experience in headache treatment is not required.

Keywords: Headaches  Health Problems  Illness  Pain  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

255. York, C. (1995, June). Treating severely traumatized children – Assessment and treatment strategies for using EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this 1 1/2 hour presentation will be on using EMDR to alleviate the emotional distress of children who have been severely traumatized. Participants in this workshop will learn: (a) assessment tools and strategies for selecting children who would most benefit from EMDR therapy. (b) selection of appropriate targets for intervention. (c) an EMDR protocol to reduce the possibility and/or degree of abreactions. The presentation will first define "severely traumatized child" and how to conduct a careful assessment of coping skills used by children who have been severely abused with specific focus on dissociation. Dissociation will be defined and keys to understanding dissociation in children will be discussed. Next, steps to deciding how to select appropriate children for EMDR will be delineated. The presentation will then cover red flags and cautions before proceeding with EMDR and how to introduce and inform the child and his/her parents/managing conservators. The workshop will discuss specific EMDR protocols to reduce the possibility of and/or intensity of abreactions, to enhance positive cognitions, and to facilitate the incorporation of dissociated material and concepts. Scripts of case examples will be used for teaching.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

256. de Jongh, A. (2006, June). Treatment of anxiety and phobias with EMDR: Rapid conceptualization: Effective procedures and proposals for changes of the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Fears and phobias associated with EMDR situations where a single event for the well-structured, and short-term treatment is not compelling. Exposure in vivo EMDR'ın cognitive behavioral interventions, such as advantages, the fear-inspiring re-creation of the situation, situation (eg, sexuality, illness or death-related moments, situations) or phobic stimuli (eg, aircraft, mouse, snake) real life should be revived. However, inspiring fear and phobia on the basis of the number of lives to be in that situation, the phobic anxiety reactions to certain situations people may continue to give. Therefore EMDR'la fear and / or while working with phobias, anxiety-fear may danışanalr work preparing for the future status should not be terminated. This adaptive coping mechanisms to obtain, provide relief to improve the mental strategies in the future will need to be placed in a behavioral patterns and behavioral experiments can be done. EMDR'ın with fear and phobia clinical applications focusing on this at the end of the study group participants: 1) consult those who fear, avoidance of situations of mold assessment, 2) in terms of EMDR cases quickly formulated, 3) for those who need counseling EMDR protocol creative format can be adapted, and 4 ) EMDR intervention for their general treatment approach (cognitive-behavioral) to integrate aims to provide skills to develop.

Keywords: Anxiety  Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

257. Klaff, F. R. (1995, June). Treatment of children's fears with EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Through case material, the usefullness of EMDR is illustrated for the treatment of children's fears and phobias. The issue of integrating EMDR treatment with more traditional treatment is also addressed, especially with more complex contextual problems. Three case histories are presented with emphasis on the most complicated case. Family therapy treatment espouses the notion that psychopathology in the child results from dysfunctional family functioning, and as such the entire family system has to be treated. This concept is broadened with the use of EMDR. The first case illustrates a single trauma event in which a 6 year old boy was bitten by a rottweiler. Presenting symptoms were nightmares, fear of sleeping alone, poor school performance, persistent thoughts and fear of dogs. The first session of EMDR was successful in eliminating most of these fears. A second EMDR session focusing on a nightmare was also successful. Two follow up sessions with the family dealt with other parenting issues and the possibility of attention deficit disorder. The targeted problem was eliminated via EMDR. The second case demonstrates a successful one session treatment of an otherwise healthy 6 year old girl who had fears of the dark and had slept in her parent's bed for years. In the third case, a complex symptomatology is presented of a nine year old girl (Lily) with a severe, life threatening heart condition for which she has undergone 4 delicate aortal surgeries since age 2 and is on a medication maintenance regimen. Future surgery is anticipated during adolescence. Family history is significant for mother's struggle to overcome alcohol addiction, depression and past abuse. The family has financial pressures. Family system analysis reveals over involvement between mother and daughter, peripheral father and sibling rivalry (daughter 11). Family treatment involved boundary and limit setting, hierarchical restructuring and family communication skills. The illness as an organizing factor in the family system was repeatedly addressed. Interspersed with this treatment approach were EMDR sessions for daughters and mother. Lily had fears of separation fiom mother, fears of dying, choking, becoming ill, swimming, going to bed, and fears of the devil (as learned in their fundamentalist religion) as well as several other fears. EMDR sessions targeted these fears, and sometimes several fears were intertwined, such as fear of sleeping, the devil coming into her room and taking her away to die. Cognitive interweave was used when she appeared stuck. Through the EMDR treatments, Lily was able to deeply examine her fears, based on the real life uncertainties she faced. Her progress demonstrated a particularly poignant attempt to make sense of the meaning of life and cope with the threat of death.

Keywords: Children  Fears  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

258. Mevissen, L. (2011, June). Treatment of people with developmental disabilities. How far can we go?. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
There is evidence to suggest that people with developmental disabilities are at greater risk to suffer from the disruptive effects of traumatic events. However, parents, teachers, caregivers and even clinicians who offer specialized outpatient treatments often lack awareness of this. In general, emotional and behavioural problems are attributed to other diagnosed disorders such as genetic syndromes, cognitive impairments, ADHD or autism. Taking history with regard to behavioural changes following overwhelming events appears not to be a common practice at all. Moreover, the expression of trauma symptoms as well as the interpretation of distressing experiences often differs in comparison with the general population. Furthermore, because of their limited communication skills, common treatment methods are not appropriate. As a result, this patient category seldom receives treatment for exposure to disturbing events, including apparent symptoms of PTSD. Preliminary research findings illustrate that EMDR, because of its strongly non-verbal character, seems to be an applicable, effective and efficient treatment method for this patient category. But how far can we go? During this workshop these findings will be presented, illustrated by many video clips of treatments of patients carried out in a centre for child and adolescent psychiatry and an outpatient treatment of adults with mental health problems. Special attention is given to creative adaptations of the EMDR protocol and the cooperation with parents, who are often traumatized themselves and have to be treated as well, either to make them able to function as a co-therapist or to strengthen their skills in educating a child with special needs. Learning objectives: After this workshop attendees will be aware of the specific expression of PTSD symptoms in people with various serious developmental disabilities and the various possibilities of EMDR treatment in this population.

Keywords: Developmental Disabilities  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

259. Institute of Medicine, Committee on Treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (2008). Treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: An assessment of the evidence. The National Academies Press, Washington, D. C. Retrieved from http://www.nap.edu/catalog/11955.html on 1/16/2009.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This report was commissioned by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) to assess the scientific evidence on treatment modalities for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Reviewing the PTSD treatment literature dating back to 1980, the year the disorder was first defined by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association, proved to be a challenging task. Assessing the outcomes of treatment depends entirely upon the self-report of those affected, without “objective” measures such as laboratory tests or imaging. Treatment modalities and research methods used in their evaluation have been in continuous development. The last 30 years have also seen dramatic changes in the way scientific evidence has been assessed in general with emerging international standards for conducting systematic qualitative and quantitative reviews that are quite different from the methods used in the 1980s when research on the treatment of PTSD began.
In applying a rigorous approach to the assessment of evidence that meets today’s standards, the committee identified significant gaps in the evidence that made it impossible to reach conclusions establishing the efficacy of most treatment modalities. This result was unexpected and may surprise VA and others interested in the disorder. Important treatment decisions for most modalities will need to be made without a strong body of evidence meeting current standards (the committee summarizes clinical practice guidelines developed by others in the face of this scientific uncertainty). This overall conclusion of scientific inadequacy is not a clinical practice recommendation or guideline. It is also not a judgment on the quality of the research in this field using methods acceptable at the time. The overall conclusion also adds urgency to the committee’s recommendations for a more strategic research effort that defines the relevant populations and subpopulations; develops and tests treatment modalities alone and in combination, in individual and group formats (for psychotherapy), and of various intensities and durations; uses the latest and most rigorous methods for designing and executing study protocols; and follows all study participants through the end of treatment and for meaningful periods thereafter.
The committee was also struck by the scant evidence exploring some of the possibly unique aspects of PTSD in veterans. For the most part we cannot say whether the treatment of PTSD in veterans should be the same as in civilians, and whether important subpopulations of veterans defined by age, sex, trauma type, socioeconomic status, educational level, comorbidities, and brain injury should be treated the same or differently.
The committee could only conclude that well-designed research is needed to answer the key questions regarding the efficacy of treatment modalities in veterans. Success will depend on the collaboration of VA and other government agencies, researchers, clinicians, and patient and veterans’ groups and will further require the continued support and attention of policymakers and the public. The individuals returning from current conflicts and now re-entering civilian life with this disorder deserve no less.
Alfred O. Berg, Chair
The committee concludes that the evidence is inadequate to determine the efficacy of the following psychotherapy modalities in the treatment of PTSD: • EMDR • cognitive restructuring • coping skills training [Extracted from p. 9).

Keywords: Posttraumtic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

260. Mevissen, L., Lievegoed, R., Seubert, A., & de Jongh, A. (2012). Treatment of PTSD in people with severe intellectual disabilities: A case series. Developmental Neurorehabilitation, 15(3), 223-232 doi:10.3109/17518423.2011.654283.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Objective: There is a dearth of information regarding the treatment of PTSD in people with severe intellectual disabilities (ID). The purpose of the present case studies was to assess the applicability and effects of an evidence-based treatment method for psychological trauma with this population. Methods: The treatment of four single cases with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was evaluated. Participants included adults and children with a variety of symptoms, as well as different histories of negative life events. Results: In all cases PTSD symptoms decreased. In all but one case, the gains were maintained at 15.5 months to 2.5 years following treatment. Depressive symptoms and physical complaints diminished and social and adaptive skills improved. Conclusion: EMDR seems to be an applicable treatment method for clients with severe ID. Reduction and maintenance of PTSD symptoms in individuals with severe ID appears to be both desirable and obtainable.

Keywords: Case Study  Intellectual Disabilities  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Psychotherapy  Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

261. Uram, S. (2007, September). Understanding Your Adult EMDR Clients from a Developmental perspective: How childhood brain development correlates with coping skills and vulnerabilities to trauma. Presentation at the annual mmeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop presents a developmental model that is an integration of the three areas that can be utilized when formulating your understanding and treatment of your adult EMDR clients: developmental neurobiology (presented in a simple and down to earth manner), plus development of increasingly sophisticated coping and relating skills that result from the maturing brain, plus relevant traumatology. Participants should be able to then utilize this integrated developmental model to better identify key nodes, targets and interweaves for EMDR processing.

Keywords: Brain Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

262. Foster, S. (2000, September). Unique EMDR applications for building your private practice:  Escaping managed care. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn about unique applications of EMDR already in use: 2) be able to identify their practice interests, existing skills and resources; and areas of growth necessary to implement a new practice specialty; and 3) learn systematic ways in which community-based speaking and teaching activities can general referrals.

Keywords: Private Practice  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

263. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, L. (2008, September). Updates in EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address ways to become a competent and thorough EMDRIA Approved Consultant. Specific content areas will include: dynamic consultation skills; legal liability; and criteria and ideas for working with Certification applicants, Consultants-In-Training, and trainees.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

264. Ferrie, R. (2012, April). The use of dreams in ego state and EMDR therapies for trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Today, the dreaming mind is understood to improve learning, organize novel solutions to problems from waking consciousness and, thus, creatively support survival. This function, of finding new creative solutions, is also observed in the desensitization phase four of the EMDR protocol and is a key component in Ego State Therapy (EST). Dreams appear to select targets from the client’s history, that are causing problems in current time. In addition, dreams may respond to interventions made during a therapeutic session, as if the dreaming mind were in a dialogue with the client and the therapist. This type of dream leads to a more creative dialogue in subsequent therapy. Repetitive nightmares are the dreaming signature of PTSD, and these too respond well to EMDR and rehearsed changes in imagery, including that of ego states and can result in improved sleep quality. Dreams can offer a resource figure in blocked therapy; demonstrate the validity of ego states and of ego state relationships. This presentation focuses on the use of dreams, in combination with EMDR, as well as EST, for clients suffering from post traumatic syndromes. A review of the literature will be given but primarily case studies and video material from actual sessions will shared.
Learning objectives: 1. Understand the neuroscience that underlies the present state ofknowledge of the dreaming mind/brain 2. Develop skill in using the language of the dreaming mind to improve interweaves and interventions in the course of therapy 3. Develop skills in carrying nightmares forward using EMDR and thus improving sleep quality 4. Formulate a script that explains to clients why dreams and the imagination are useful in therapy. 5. Participate in a practicum on the use of dreams.

Keywords: Dissociation  Dreams  Ego State Therapy  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

265. Barker, R., & Barker, S. B. (2007). The use of EMDR in reducing presentation anxiety: A case study. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(2), 100-108. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.2.100.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Effective presentation skills are vital for success in most organizations. Preparing students for their careers, college educators often require that students demonstrate effective presentation skills. While traditional approaches to managing presentation anxiety help some students, EMDR may offer an effective intervention for those with serious presentation anxiety. This case study involves a student with presentation anxiety referred for EMDR from an organizational communication class. The subject delivered videotaped presentations and completed the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) prior to and after completing three EMDR sessions. The subject’s pre–post STAI scores reduced from the 98th to the 55th percentile. Blind expert ratings of the videotaped presentations indicated pronounced performance improvement. At 12-month follow-up, the subject was successfully employed in a management position, making effective presentations without intense anxiety.

Keywords: Performance Enhancement  Presentation Anxiety  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

266. de Roos, C., & Veenstra, S. (2006, June). Using EMDR in the treatment of chronic pain. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This study group, EMDR and chronic pain, chronic pain related to traditional theories, treatments, and the relationship between trauma, stress and pain, including research results reveal that an entry be made. As a possible intervention in the treatment of chronic pain EMDR'ın reasons that will be explained. In addition, Update and Re-Processing of Eye Movements and insensitive amputation (legs cut off) then imagined the impact of chronic leg pain was a pilot study will be presented revealed. In the third part of the study, EMDR'ın will focus on the use in the treatment of chronic pain. Clinical issues, accidents occurring after the head and spine trauma, imaginary leg pain in patients who take pictures with the case will be examined. This presentation aims: - Understanding of the relationship between trauma and chronic pain. - Chronic pain is appropriate for study, EMDR can be consulted to distinguish those who. - In the treatment of chronic pain-related knowledge and skills EMDR'ın increasing use.

Keywords: Chronic Pain  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

267. Paulsen, S. (2006, September). Using EMDR with individuals with austistic spectrum disorders – A protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Individuals with Autism have a number of complex differences that make Trauma processing exceptionally difficult. In order to use the eight step protocol with these individuals, preparation and some modifications are necessary. The process presented in this workshop will provide some general information about the characteristics of autistic individuals, step by step skill training to precede the EMDR process, the use of Carol Gray's Social Stories to help clarify those targets and situations being processed, and the EMDR protocol with slight adaptations for individuals with speech and language impairments. Also included are cautions for using EMDR with this population due to their complex differences. This process has been used successfully with individuals across the Autistic Spectrum as well as individuals with Asperger's Syndrome and other developmental disorders including Williams Syndrome. This has been developed over a 7 year span. This step by step program has been successful with abused individuals with global developtnent delays, significantly impaired speech and language abilities, and significant cognitive disabilities. Following use of the EMDR process, individuals have dcmonstrated a significant reduction in symptoms, increased verbal ability, as well as improved social relationships and self-regulation skills. These improvements have remained over time.

Keywords: Autistic Spectrum Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

268. Britt, V., Bender, S. S., & Diepold, J. (2009, August). Using energy psychology to address inability to maintain dual attention focus in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The AIP model requires a dual focus with patient’s attention on the traumatic memory concomitant with an awareness of the present moment. Despite an intensive EMDR preparation phase, some patients lack the resources to tolerate the desensitization phase and are unable to achieve or maintain dual attention during the bilateral stimulation. In this workshop, we will teach techniques from the emerging field of energy psychology, such as polarity corrections and touch and breathe, which provide additional tools for the EMDR process and expand therapists’ strategies for assisting patients who are dissociative, fearful, abreactive or have limited self-regulatory skills.

Keywords: Energy Psychology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

269. Abbate, V. (2010, Junio). Uso de estrategias de atención plena en fase 2: Preparación [Using mindfulness strategies in Phase 2: Preparation] . Presentación en el XI Congreso Internacional de Estrés Traumático y Trastornos de Ansiedad, Buenos Aires, Argentina .

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Keywords: Mindfulness  Phase Two  Preparation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

270. Cybela, D. & Karger, B. (2008, Mai). Utiliser l’EMDR pour l’amélioration de la performance et développement du leadership dans des organismes gouvernementaux [Using EMDR in Performance Enhancement for Leadership Development in a government organization]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ce programme d’amélioration de la performance utilisant l’EMDR peut être un outil efficace de développement du leadership. La problématique de gestion du stress relié à la gestion a été identifiée comme obstacle au leadership efficace. Ce programme innovateur de développement du leadership a démontré des résultats positifs sur l’amélioration de la confiance en soi, l’optimisme, les habiletés sociales et la réduction du stress dans le milieu de travail. En combinant un instrument de mesure des stratégies de gestion du stress et EMDR, ce programme identifie les croyances négatives et positives spécifiques à ces populations. Le programme présenté inclut la description de la préparation, du protocole, de son application et du follow-up utilisés avec les gestionnaires et administrateurs au Marathon County.

A Performance Enhancement Program using EMDR can be an effective leadership development tool. The issue of management-related stress was explored as a roadblock to effective leadership. APEX, LLC, in partnership with Marathon County (State of Wisconsin), has established an innovative program for leadership development which has demonstrated positive results in improving the participant's self-confidence, optimism, and social skills in the work setting, along with reducing overall job stress. The Performance Enhancement Program incorporates EMDR and a non-clinical personality instrument to assess the individual's coping style for managing stress in the workplace. Specific strategies for identifying negative & positive cognitions unique to this population are noted for the EMDR protocol. The program includes a description of the set-up, protocols, pilot program, implementation, and follow-up ("refresher course option") used with Marathon County managers and administrators.

Keywords: Leadership Development  Management Stress  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

271. Lovell, C., & Langford, K. (2005, September). Utilizing EMDR and DBT techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
There is a strong link between Borderline Personality Disorder and Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. DBT is the most effective method of treating Borderline Personality Disorder. EMDR and adjunct therapies may be effectively incorporated into these groups for more substantial results that remain over time. As new skills are mastered. EMDR is the most effective method of strengthening these. Increasing mindfulness, improving interpersonal relationships and improving emotional regulation skills, are of tremendous benefit to PTSD patients. In this workshop, participants will learn the format to do this and receive suggestions for the ways to use EMDR and adjunct therapies to increase results over time.

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder  CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Dialectical Behavioral Therapy  DBT  Posttrauamatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Trauma Recovery Groups  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

272. Lovell, C., & Langford, K. (2003, September). Utilizing EMDR techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Group therapy is recognized by clinicians as an effective method for treating victims of trauma and abuse. The presenters of this interactive workshop began their work with groups seven years ago using the basic format of Marcia Linehan. They have completed twelve of these groups. Each year they evaluate the processes, adding theories and techniques to increase its effectiveness. The theories of Colin Ross, John Bradshaw, David Burns, and others combine to create a 32 week format, divided into four modules. EMDR techniques are used with, the group to increase the speed and effectiveness of symptom reduction. The uniqueness of this presentation centers around the fact that EMDR is used within the group setting to enhance a program that is already working well to facilitate lmproved life skills in trauma and abuse victims.

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Trauma Recovery Groups  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

273. Laban, C. J., Somers, J. A. G., Gokoel, K., & Minkenberg, E. (2011, April). Van transculturele verwarring, naar kennis en kunde [Of cross-cultural confusion, for knowledge and skills]. Presentatie op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Toelichting: Hoe vanzelfsprekend is het om even na te slaan wat het onderzoek over discriminatie oplevert (Brondolo 2009), wat de gegevens over uitsluiting toevoegen, wat de ervaring van community health bijdraagt aan de psychiatrische behandeling van een geïmmigreerd persoon of diens nageslacht (De Jong 2010)? Waar vindt de medicus practicus theoretische steun als een patiënt bij hem komt voor een nieuw huis omdat het oude behekst is, wat hij afleidt uit vreemd gedrag van zijn kind dat de arts herkent als paniekstoornis? Hoe kan de psychiater wiens eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) vastloopt, profiteren van de kennis over cultuurverschillen bij emoties? (Mesquita 2003). Hoe helpt het cultureel identiteitsconcept, waarin identiteit wordt gezien als de resultante van een altijd doorgaande onderhandeling, de aanpak van de depressieve oudere die levenslang gezorgd heeft en nu steun van de kinderen moet ontberen? (Wei- Chin Hwang 2010). Vertrekkend vanuit de casus bespreken wij literatuur en keren terug naar de casus. Leerdoel: Aan het einde van de sessie kan de deelnemer sleutelwoorden herkennen die helpen om de verwarring op te heffen van niet overeenkomende appraisal en attributie tussen behandelaar en patiënt. Vervolgens herkent hij hoe deze sleutelwoorden de weg wijzen naar relevant onderzoek en vertaalt hij dat terug naar de behandelpraktijk.

Explanation: How obvious it just to save some research on discriminatory (Brondolo 2009), which Add information about exclusion, what the experience community mental health contributes to treatment of a person immigrated or its progeny (De Jong 2010)? Where medical practitioner finds theoretical support as a patient comes to him for a new home because the old bewitched, he infers the strange behavior of his child that the doctor recognizes as panic disorder? How can the psychiatrist whose Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) freezes, benefit from the knowledge of cultural differences with emotions? (Mesquita 2003). How helps the cultural identity concept, which identity is seen as the result of a unceasing negotiation, addressing the depressed older person who has brought life and now must do without the support of the children? (Wei- Chin Hwang 2010). Starting from the case we discuss literature and return to the case. Objective: At the end of the session The participant can recognize keywords help to eliminate the confusion of not matching between appraisal and attribution practitioner and patient. Then it recognizes how these keywords are relevant to the way research and translates it back to that treatment practices.

Keywords: Cross-Cultural  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

274. Gilman, G. (1995). Vision therapy. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(2), 21-23.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Vision therapy is a series of clinical procedures that improves the quality of visual skills and vision perception. It has a long clinical history dating back tothe previous century. Itbegan in England and France and was originally named orthoptics. The name orthoptics comes from ORTHO meaning straight and OPTICS meaning eyes. Many of the original techniques were dehcated to treating those who had crossed or lazy eyes. In-the past 40 years, optometrists have further developed vision therapy procedures for treating vision related learning problems, particularly those visual problems that result in poor reading abihty. Behavioral optometrists use vision therapy to improve eye movements, eye coordination, focusing and vision perception. These are the sensory motor components of vision.

Keywords: Vision Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

275. O'Malley, A. (2010, March). The watch wait and wonder. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in either the UK or Ireland. Over the last 12 months the service has developed as a combined clinic between Adult mental health and child & adolescent mental health services. The team comprises myself and my colleagues Dr Sheena Pollet and Thelma Osborn. Dr Pollet is a consultant psychiatrist in psychotherapy and also practices as a psychoanalyst. She initially receives referrals from the access and advice team or directly from the adult inpatient unit. Thelma Osborn practises as a specialist health visitor in primary care and is employed by the Primary Care Trust (PCT). She runs both individual and group psychotherapy for mothers referred with post natal depression. She has recently completed basic EMDR training (2008-9) I have integrated EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy with mindfulness and trauma focussed psychotherapy in a new theoretical paradigm which I have termed integrated reprocessing therapy (IRT). I will outline the use of this approach where traumatic births and neonatal vulnerabilities are a key feature of the presentation Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health and a tier 3 perinatal mental health services within the 5 Boroughs Partnership Foundation Trust will be outlined.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

276. Hummel, H., & Matthess, H. (2005, June). What to teach beside EMDR in trauma-centered psychotherapy. In Teaching EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The objective of this workshop is to encourage the participants to develop and carry out a comprehensive course for diagnostics and treatment of trauma-related disorders.
The trauma-curricula in Schaffhausen and Sinzig were created independently as training courses for psycho-traumatology. They are taken as examples to clarify basic ideas on how to organize curricular-structured seminars in the field of psycho-traumatology and trauma-therapy. The EMDR-trainings are very well established as basic for trauma confrontation therapy but "around EMDR" there is much more to teach that can only be learnt over a longer period of time.
The curricular structure as a means to teach the knowledge and skills improves the motivation of colleagues to attend the seminars. Consensus, cooperation, and mutual recognition between other institutes and international organizations in the field of psycho-traumatology committed to a general draft makes the acceptance even stronger.
There is consensus about the knowledge of anamnesis, diagnostics, treatment planning, stabilization techniques, and the working through of traumatic material. In both curricula more than one method for trauma confrontation is taught. The more tools and skills the therapist is able to use the easier it is to find the appropriate method for each client. So therapists can avoid what is meant by the proverb: "if you only have a hammer you will treat everything like a nail" (Maslow).
The first evaluation of the participants in both curricula in Schaffhausen and Sinzig will be presented including questions about relevance. satisfaction with structure and content as well as suggestions for improvement.

Keywords: Symposium  Teaching  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

277. Wilensky, M., & O'Shea, K. (2013, May). When calm/safe place doesn’t work. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the Client Preparation Phase (Phase 2), the client learns self-soothing skills before progressing to trauma processing. It is essential that the client be able to voluntarily change from a state of high distress to a state of lower distress. Commonly, this is accomplished through the development of a Calm Place (used to be called Safe Place). Some clients are unable to do this exercise. This is often a clue about the presence of a Dissociative Disorder. Generally, they will require a longer Preparation Phase. This workshop will teach how to identify these clients, what it means and two methods to find resources for self-soothing and self-regulation. These resource states provide a base of operations for trauma processing. Learning objectives: • To identify clients, including those with dissociative disorders, who need more preparation before trauma processing. • To learn two methods to increase readiness for trauma processing • To learn two methods for increased client self-regulation

Keywords: Calm/Safe Place  Preparation Phase  Self-Soothing Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

278. Fulham, P. (2008, October). Working with avoidance in EMDR. Presentation at the 1st annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, York, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Offering security to reluctant or fearful clients through an understanding of mechanisms and direct control of their own process in early therapy. Going beyond Psychoeducation, mindfulness/grounding and visualisation to consideration of techniques, timing and the nuts and bolts of process management.

Keywords: Avoidance  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

279. Spierings, J. (2004, June). Working with EMDR in the treatments of clients with other (sub)cultures and religions: multi-culti EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Working with traumatized clients from other cultures can be very demanding, and even frustrating: many times it just does not work out, despite your compassion and efforts. “Just staying out of the way” many times is not enough to do this job.
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand and translate your therapeutic skills to other cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect: a different style of relating and communications with your client, and different things to ask and explore.
Also in other cultures traumatic events happening to people have a different meaning asking for an approach from another angle in doing EMDR: interpreting traumas a stupid bad luck, Allah’s will, the evil eye, karma, or punishment by the ancestors, will have different (therapeutic) consequences.
This workshop offers not only a systemic way to understand these type of differences, it offers also very practical dos and don’ts, and of course tips and tricks to overcome difficulties.
The presentation puts strong emphasis on the development of resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing rituals, objects and symbols of your clients own culture. These resources are utilized both before and during EMDR.
Part of the presentation is a collection of magical; healing objects from other cultures, including your own (maybe forgotten) culture, with ideas how to use them in the EMDR process. This is to inspire participants to develop their own collection.
The presentation follows the 8 phases of the EMDR protocol, describing specific considerations for each of the phases.

Keywords: Africa  Asia  Diversity  Intercultural Competence  Intercultural Interweaves  Mediterranean  Multi-Cultural  Refugee  Trust-Building Techniques  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

280. de Jongh, A. (2008, Maart). Workshop effectief conceptualiseren en scherpstellen [Workshop effectively conceptualize and focus]. Presentatie op de derde conferentie van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
‘Conceptualiseren en ‘scherpstellen’ zijn twee belangrijke aspecten van een EMDR-behandeling. Het doel van deze onderdelen is om vanuit klachten en problemen die een patiënt presenteert targetherinneringen te identificeren en vervolgens voldoende lading te creëren om desensitisatie mogelijk te maken. Veel therapeuten vinden dit niet altijd gemakkelijk. In deze workshop wordt geleerd om zowel eenvoudige als efficiënte wegen te leren bewandelen om (1) een casus te conceptualiseren voor behandeling met EMDR, (2) essentiële, zogenaamde ‘touchstone’, targets te identificeren, en (3) de juiste NCs en PCs te selecteren. Aan de hand van oefeningen en diverse videofragmenten van stroef verlopende EMDR behandelingen wordt gedemonstreerd waar mogelijke valkuilen liggen. Daarnaast wordt uitgelegd hoe in moeilijke situaties, waarin het standaard protocol niet voorziet, kan worden gehandeld en hoe deze moeilijkheden op creatieve wijze kunnen worden opgelost. Deze interactieve workshop is vooral bedoeld voor therapeuten die nog geen vervolgopleiding hebben gedaan en die hun vaardigheden op EMDR gebied willen vergroten.

'Conceptualise and' focus' are two important aspects of EMDR treatment. The objective of this component is to identify complaints and problems from a patient and then target memories enough charge to create desensitization possible. Many therapists are not always easy. This workshop is taught to both simple and efficient ways to learn to walk to (1) a case to conceptualize treatment with EMDR, (2) key, so-called "touch stone", target identification, and (3) the proper NCS and PCs to select. Using various exercises and video clips of sluggish EMDR treatment is demonstrated where potential pitfalls lie. In addition, how to in difficult situations where the standard protocol is not provided, can be traded and how these problems can be solved creatively. This interactive workshop is intended primarily for therapists who have not yet done so and continuing their fields to increase skills in EMDR.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Cognitions  Identifying Touchstone Event  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

281. Shapiro, F. (1991, August). Worth repeating. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1(1), 1-2.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This column is devoted to statements that were made in the workshop that should be ingrained in the mind of every EMDR practitioner. Since EMDR is still in the "experimental stage" (i.e., replication studies have not yet confiremed its efficacy, the EMDR-trained clinicians are the frontline spokespeople. In order to avoid misunderstandings of untrained clinicians and laypeople, please recall the following: EMDR is not a "cookiecutter; Reprocessing a trauma is like removing a quilt from the bed; Using EMDR is like opening a stuck faucet; Client safety is paramount; Never attempt EMDR In a nonclinical setting; EMDR is an interface with your clinical skills; Clients are at risk if EMDR is attempted by untrained clinicians; and Clients should not be placed at risk without their informed consent.

Keywords: Cautions  Metaphors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

282. Hill, L. (2008, June). ‘Saving Private Ryan’ – with the help of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A career soldier, who had fought in both Gulf wars and was suffering from PTSD and alcoholism, experienced a severe panic attack whilst watching the opening scenes of the film “Saving Private Ryan”. After 8 sessions of EMDR he asked if he would be able to watch the film now – without a panic attack. We decided to watch it together and used the first five minutes of the film to shape a unique therapy session encompassing grief work, the completion of the trauma work we had been doing with EMDR and the use of EMDR to enable him to begin to address the imminent life stage issue of retirement from the military and how he was to make meaning for himself from his experience. This is a case study which demonstrates the immense potential and flexibility of EMDR if we are able to respond creatively to our clients. This session is an invitation to think about how we can use EMDR creatively, remaining true to its protocols at the same time as being able to integrate it into our previously existing skills and respond flexibly and appropriately to our clients needs and suggestions. It is an example of creative and collaborative working with the client.

Keywords: Military  

Accuracy Verified: Yes